Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2015.

Registration No. 333-202159

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

---

Amendment No. 2 to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

---

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

---

1 HaMada Street
Herziliya Pituach 4673335, Israel
972 (9) 957-6620
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

---

Guy Sella
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
SolarEdge Technologies, Inc.
47505 Seabridge Drive
Fremont, CA 94538
(877) 360-5292
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

---

---

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:    o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

            The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   

---

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated March 24, 2015

7,000,000 Shares

SolarEdge Technologies, Inc.

Common Stock

          This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of SolarEdge Technologies, Inc.

          SolarEdge is offering 7,000,000 shares to be sold in the offering.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $16.00 and $18.00. We intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "SEDG."

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this and future filings.

          See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

---

          Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

---

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 7,000,000 shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,050,000 shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

---

          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                  , 2015.

---

---

   

Prospectus dated                  , 2015

---

Table of Contents

---

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Through and including                  , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

---

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

          We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

          For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and

i

---

Table of Contents

observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

          We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the sections captioned "Prospectus Summary," "Industry Overview" and "Business." We have obtained the market data from certain third-party sources of information, including publicly available industry publications and subscription-based publications. Industry forecasts are based on industry surveys and the preparer's expertise in the industry and there can be no assurance that any of the industry forecasts will be achieved. We believe these data are reliable, but we have not independently verified the accuracy of this information. Any industry forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models and experience of various professionals and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market data presented herein, industry forecasts and projections involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors."

ii

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

2

---

Table of Contents

3

---

Table of Contents

4

---

Table of Contents

5

---

Table of Contents

6

---

Table of Contents

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

11

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

          Investing in our common stock involves a substantial risk of loss. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See the section of this prospectus captioned "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Market Data."

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have a history of losses which may continue in the future, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.

          We incurred net losses of $28.2 million and $21.4 million for fiscal 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to incur additional costs and expenses related to the continued development and expansion of our business, including in connection with marketing and developing our products, expanding into new product markets and geographies, maintaining and enhancing our research and development operations and hiring additional personnel. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We do not know whether our revenues will grow rapidly enough to absorb these costs, and our limited operating history makes it difficult to assess the extent of these expenses or their impact on our results of operations.

          Further, revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of possible reasons, many of which are outside our control, including a decline in demand for our products, increased competition, a decrease in the growth of the solar industry or our market share, or our failure to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. If we fail to generate sufficient revenue to support our operations, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

          We have only been in existence since 2006 and our first full fiscal year of commercial shipments was 2011. Much of our growth has occurred in recent periods. Our limited operating history, combined with the rapidly evolving and competitive nature of our industry, makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects. In addition, we have limited insight into emerging trends that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including unpredictable and volatile revenues and increased expenses as we continue to grow our business. The viability and demand for solar energy solutions, and in turn, our products, may be affected by many factors outside of our control, including:

•

cost competitiveness, reliability and performance of solar photovoltaic ("PV") systems compared to conventional and non-solar renewable energy sources and products;



•

availability and amount of government subsidies and incentives to support the development and deployment of solar energy solutions;



•

the extent to which the electric power industry and broader energy industries are deregulated to permit broader adoption of solar electricity generation;

12

---

Table of Contents

•

prices of traditional carbon-based energy sources;



•

levels of investment by end-users of solar energy products, which tend to decrease when economic growth slows; and



•

the emergence, continuance or success of, or increased government support for, other alternative energy generation technologies and products.

          If we do not manage these risks and overcome these difficulties successfully, our business will suffer.

If demand for solar energy solutions does not continue to grow or grows at a slower rate than we anticipate, our business will suffer.

          Our solution is utilized in solar PV installations. As a result, our future success depends on continued demand for solar energy solutions and the ability of solar equipment vendors to meet this demand. The solar industry is an evolving industry that has experienced substantial changes in recent years, and we cannot be certain that consumers and businesses, with respect to distributed solar solutions, or utilities, with respect to utility-scale solar projects, will adopt solar PV systems as an alternative energy source at levels sufficient to grow our business. If demand for solar energy solutions fails to develop sufficiently, demand for our products will decrease, which would have an adverse impact on our ability to increase our revenue and grow our business.

The reduction, elimination or expiration of government subsidies and economic incentives for on-grid solar electricity applications could reduce demand for solar PV systems and harm our business.

          Federal, state, local and foreign government bodies provide incentives to owners, end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar PV systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments, payments of renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation and exclusion of solar PV systems from property tax assessments. The market for on-grid applications, where solar power is used to supplement a customer's electricity purchased from the utility network or sold to a utility under tariff, often depends in large part on the availability and size of government and economic incentives that vary by geographic market. Because our customers' sales are typically into the on-grid market, the reduction, elimination or expiration of government subsidies and economic incentives for on-grid solar electricity may negatively affect the competitiveness of solar electricity relative to conventional and non-solar renewable sources of electricity, and could harm or halt the growth of the solar electricity industry and our business. These subsidies and incentives may expire on a particular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase or as a result of legal challenges, the adoption of new statutes or regulations or the passage of time. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning. For example, in January 2013, the Arizona Corporation Commission, which oversees local utility rates and renewable energy programs in Arizona, announced suddenly that it would drastically reduce residential purchase incentives and eliminate commercial production incentives.

          In addition, several jurisdictions have adopted renewable portfolio standards, which mandate that a certain portion of electricity delivered by utilities to customers come from a set of eligible renewable energy resources by a certain compliance date. Some programs further specify that a portion of the renewable energy quota must be from solar electricity. Under some programs, a utility can receive a "credit" for renewable energy produced by a third party by either purchasing the electricity directly from the producer or paying a fee to obtain the right to renewable energy generated but used by the generator or sold to another party. A renewable energy credit allows the

13

---

Table of Contents

utility to add this electricity to its renewable portfolio requirement total without actually expending the capital for generating facilities. However, there can be no assurances that such policies will continue. For example, in May 2014, Ohio froze renewable portfolio requirements at current levels. Proposals to extend compliance deadlines, reduce targets or repeal standards have also been introduced in a number of states including California and Colorado. Reduction or elimination of renewable portfolio standards or successful efforts to meet current standards could harm or halt the growth of the solar PV industry and our business.

Changes to net metering policies may significantly reduce demand for electricity from solar PV systems and harm our business.

          Our business benefits from favorable net metering policies in several U.S. states, Canadian provinces and European countries in which our customers operate. Net metering allows a solar PV system owner to pay his or her local electric utility only for power usage net of production from the solar PV system, transforming the conventional relationship between customers and traditional utilities. System owners receive credit for the energy that the solar installation generates to offset energy usage at times when the solar installation is not generating energy. Under a net metering program, the customer typically pays for the net energy used or receives a credit against future bills at the retail rate if more energy is produced than consumed. In some locations, customers are also reimbursed by the electric utility for net excess generation on a periodic basis.

          Most U.S. states have adopted some form of net metering. However, net metering programs have recently come under regulatory scrutiny in some U.S. states due to challenges alleging that net metering policies inequitably shift costs onto non-solar ratepayers by allowing solar ratepayers to sell electricity at rates that are too high for utilities to recoup their fixed costs. Generally, the programs have been upheld in their current form, though some were subject to minor modification and others, including California, have been designated for additional regulatory review in the next few years. We cannot assure you that the programs will not be significantly modified following these reviews.

          If the value of the credit that customers receive for net metering is significantly reduced, end-users may be unable to recognize the same level of cost savings associated with net metering that current end-users enjoy. The absence of favorable net metering policies or of net metering entirely, or the imposition of new charges that only or disproportionately affect end-users that use net metering would significantly limit demand for solar PV systems that are sold by our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth.

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar PV systems that may significantly reduce demand for our products or harm our ability to compete.

          Federal, state, local and foreign government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation, and governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter purchases of renewable energy products, including solar PV systems sold by our customers. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our products. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase the cost to use solar PV systems sold by our customers and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial

14

---

Table of Contents

condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar PV systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities' peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, could require the price of solar PV systems and their component parts to be lower in order to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

          Changes in current laws or regulations applicable to us or the imposition of new laws and regulations in the U.S., Europe or other jurisdictions in which we do business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce the competitiveness of solar PV systems sold by our customers and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, regulators in certain U.S. states have been asked to consider proposals to assess fees on consumers purchasing energy from solar PV systems or imposing a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar PV system owners who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of solar PV energy to those consumers and could reduce demand for our products. Any similar government or utility policies adopted in the future that discourage the growth of solar PV systems could reduce demand for our products and services and adversely impact our growth. In addition, changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A drop in the retail price of electricity derived from the utility grid or from alternative energy sources may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

          Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the utility grid would make the purchase of solar PV systems less economically attractive and would likely lower sales of our products. The price of electricity derived from the utility grid could decrease as a result of:

•

construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including plants utilizing natural gas, nuclear, coal, renewable energy or other generation technologies;



•

relief of transmission constraints that enable local centers to generate energy less expensively;



•

reductions in the price of natural gas;



•

utility rate adjustment and customer class cost reallocation;



•

energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption;



•

development of smart-grid technologies that lower the peak energy requirements of a utility generation facility;



•

development of new or lower-cost energy storage technologies that have the ability to reduce a customer's average cost of electricity by shifting load to off-peak times; and



•

development of new energy generation technologies that provide less expensive energy.

          Moreover, technological developments in the solar components industry could allow our competitors and their customers to offer electricity at costs lower than those that can be achieved by us and our customers, which could result in reduced demand for our products.

15

---

Table of Contents

          If the cost of electricity generated by solar PV installations incorporating our systems is high relative to the cost of electricity from other sources, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

An increase in interest rates or tightening of the supply of capital in the global financial markets could make it difficult for customers to finance the cost of a solar PV system and could reduce the demand for our products.

          Many end-users depend on financing to fund the initial capital expenditure required to develop, build or purchase a solar PV system. As a result, an increase in interest rates, or a reduction in the supply of project debt financing or tax equity investments, could reduce the number of solar projects that receive financing or otherwise make it difficult for our customers or their customers to secure the financing necessary to develop, build, purchase or install a solar PV system on favorable terms, or at all, and thus lower demand for our products which could limit our growth or reduce our net sales. In addition, we believe that a significant percentage of end-users install solar PV systems as an investment, funding the initial capital expenditure through financing. An increase in interest rates could lower an investor's return on investment on a solar PV system, increase equity return requirements or make alternative investments more attractive relative to solar PV systems, and, in each case, could cause these end-users to seek alternative investments.

The market for our products is highly competitive and we expect to face increased competition as new and existing competitors introduce power optimizer, inverter and solar PV system monitoring products, which could negatively affect our results of operations and market share.

          The market for solar PV solutions is highly competitive. We principally compete with traditional inverter manufacturers as well as microinverter manufacturers. Currently, our DC optimized inverter system competes with products from traditional inverter manufacturers, such as SMA Solar Technology AG, ABB Ltd. (previously Power-One Inc.) and KACO new energy GmbH, and microinverter manufacturers, such as Enphase Energy, Inc., as well as emerging technology companies offering alternative optimizer, microinverter or other MLPE products. SMA Solar Technology AG and ABB Ltd. have recently introduced or announced plans to introduce microinverter products. In addition, several new entrants to the MLPE market, including low-cost Asian manufacturers, have recently announced plans to ship or have already shipped products in markets in which we sell our products. We expect competition to intensify as new and existing competitors enter the MLPE market.

          Several of our existing and potential competitors are significantly larger, have greater financial, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are longer established, and have better brand recognition. Further, certain competitors may be able to develop new products more quickly than us, may partner with other competitors to provide combined technologies and competing solutions and may be able to develop products that are more reliable or that provide more functionality than ours. In addition, some of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at aggressive or below-market pricing levels, which could cause us to lose sales or market share or require us to lower prices for our products in order to compete effectively. If we have to reduce our prices by more than we anticipated, or if we are unable to offset any future reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volume, reducing our costs and expenses or introducing new products, our revenues and gross profit would suffer.

16

---

Table of Contents

Developments in alternative technologies or improvements in distributed solar energy generation may have a material adverse effect on demand for our offerings.

          Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as advances in other forms of distributed solar PV power generation, storage solutions such as batteries, the widespread use or adoption of fuel cells for residential or commercial properties or improvements in other forms of centralized power production may have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects. Any failure by us to adopt new or enhanced technologies or processes, or to react to changes in existing technologies, could result in product obsolescence, the loss of competitiveness of our products, decreased revenue and a loss of market share to competitors.

Our industry has historically been cyclical and experienced periodic downturns.

          Our future success partly depends on continued demand for solar PV systems in the end-markets we serve, including the residential and commercial sectors in the United States and Europe. The solar industry has historically been cyclical and has experienced periodic downturns which may affect the demand for equipment that we manufacture. The solar industry has undergone challenging business conditions in recent years, including downward pricing pressure for PV modules, mainly as a result of overproduction, and reductions in applicable governmental subsidies, contributing to demand decreases. Although the solar industry is experiencing a slow recovery, there is no assurance that the solar industry will not suffer significant downturns in the future, which will adversely affect demand for our solar products and our results of operations.

Defects or performance problems in our products could result in loss of customers, reputational damage and decreased revenue, and we may face warranty, indemnity and product liability claims arising from defective products.

          Although our products meet our stringent quality requirements, they may contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new generations are released. Errors, defects or poor performance can arise due to design flaws, defects in raw materials or components or manufacturing difficulties, which can affect both the quality and the yield of the product. Any actual or perceived errors, defects or poor performance in our products could result in the replacement or recall of our products, shipment delays, rejection of our products, damage to our reputation, lost revenue, diversion of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and increases in customer service and support costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Furthermore, defective components may give rise to warranty, indemnity or product liability claims against us that exceed any revenue or profit we receive from the affected products. We offer a minimum 12-year limited warranty for our inverters and a 25-year limited warranty for our power optimizers. Our limited warranties cover defects in materials and workmanship of our products under normal use and service conditions. As a result, we bear the risk of warranty claims long after we have sold products and recognized revenue. While we do have accrued reserves for warranty claims, our estimated warranty costs for previously sold products may change to the extent future products are not compatible with earlier generation products under warranty. Our warranty accruals are based on our assumptions and we do not have a long history of making such assumptions. As a result, these assumptions could prove to be materially different from the actual performance of our systems, causing us to incur substantial unanticipated expense to repair or replace defective products in the future or to compensate customers for defective products. Our failure to accurately predict future claims could result in unexpected volatility in, and have a material adverse effect on, our financial condition.

17

---

Table of Contents

          If one of our products were to cause injury to someone or cause property damage, including as a result of product malfunctions, defects or improper installation, then we could be exposed to product liability claims. We could incur significant costs and liabilities if we are sued and if damages are awarded against us. Further, any product liability claim we face could be expensive to defend and could divert management's attention. The successful assertion of a product liability claim against us could result in potentially significant monetary damages, penalties or fines, subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect sales of our products. In addition, product liability claims, injuries, defects or other problems experienced by other companies in the residential solar industry could lead to unfavorable market conditions for the industry as a whole, and may have an adverse effect on our ability to attract new customers, thus harming our growth and financial performance.

If we do not forecast demand for our products accurately, we may experience product shortages, delays in product shipment, excess product inventory, or difficulties in planning expenses, which will adversely affect our business and financial condition.

          Our products are manufactured according to our estimates of customer demand, which requires us to make multiple forecasts and assumptions relating to demand from solar PV installers and distributors, their end customers and general market conditions. Because we sell a large portion of our products to larger solar installers and various distributors, who in turn sell to local installers, who in turn sell to their end customers, the system owner, we have limited visibility as to end customer demand and it is difficult to forecast future end-user demand to plan our operations. If we overestimate demand for our products, or if purchase orders are cancelled or shipments are delayed, we may have excess inventory that we cannot sell. Conversely, if we underestimate demand, we may not have sufficient inventory to meet end customer demand or to ramp up production at our contract manufacturers in a timely manner, or we could incur additional costs, lose market share, damage relationships with our distributors and end customers and forego potential revenue opportunities. For example, in fiscal 2014, unexpectedly high customer demand forced us to shorten transportation time from our factories in China and Hungary by using air freight rather than less expensive ocean freight.

We are dependent on ocean transportation to deliver our products in a cost efficient manner. If we are unable to use ocean transportation to deliver our products, our business and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

          We rely on commercial ocean transportation for the delivery of a large percentage of our products to our customers in North America. We also rely on more expensive air transportation when ocean transportation is not available or compatible with the delivery time requirements of our customers. Our ability to deliver our products via ocean transportation could be adversely impacted by shortages in available cargo capacity, changes by carriers and transportation companies in policies and practices, such as scheduling, pricing, payment terms and frequency of service or increases in the cost of fuel, taxes and labor; and other factors, such as labor strikes and work stoppages, not within our control. If we are unable to use ocean transportation and are required to substitute more expensive air transportation, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted. Recently, contentious negotiations between the Pacific Maritime Association and the International Longshore & Warehouse Union resulted in port slowdowns which have caused port congestion and major delays in the transfer of cargo in the United States West Coast. Accordingly, we have started to ship a higher percentage of our products to our customers in North America via air transportation. Material interruptions in service or stoppages in transportation, such as the aforementioned dispute, whether caused by strike, work stoppage, lock-out, slowdown or otherwise, could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

18

---

Table of Contents

We depend upon a small number of outside contract manufacturers. Our operations could be disrupted if we encounter problems with these contract manufacturers.

          We do not have internal manufacturing capabilities, and currently rely upon two contract manufacturers to build all of our products. Our reliance on a small number of contract manufacturers makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over component availability, delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs.

          The revenues that our contract manufacturers generate from our orders represent a relatively small percentage of their overall revenues. As a result, fulfilling our orders may not be considered a priority in the event of constrained ability to fulfill all of their customer obligations in a timely manner. In addition, the facilities in which our products are manufactured are located outside of the U.S., currently in China and Hungary. The location of these facilities outside of key markets such as the U.S. increases shipping time, thereby causing a long lead time between manufacturing and delivery.

          If any of our contract manufacturers were unable or unwilling to manufacture our products in required volumes and at high quality levels or renew existing terms under supply agreements, we would have to identify, qualify and select acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. An alternative contract manufacturer may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our quality or production requirements on commercially reasonable terms, including price. Any significant interruption in manufacturing would require us to reduce our supply of products to our customers or increase our shipping costs to make up for delays in manufacturing, which in turn could reduce our revenues, harm our relationships with our customers and damage our reputation with local installers and potential end-users and cause us to forego potential revenue opportunities.

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations.

          Our product development, manufacturing and testing processes are complex and require significant technological and production process expertise. Such processes involve a number of precise steps from design to production. Any change in our processes could cause one or more production errors, requiring a temporary suspension or delay in our production line until the errors can be researched, identified and properly addressed and rectified. This may occur particularly as we introduce new products, modify our engineering and production techniques, and/or expand our capacity. In addition, our failure to maintain appropriate quality assurance processes could result in increased product failures, loss of customers, increased warranty reserve, increased production and logistics costs and delays. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for key components and raw materials in our products to adequately meet anticipated demand. Due to the limited number of such suppliers, any cessation of operations or production or any shortage, delay, price change, imposition of tariffs or duties or other limitation on our ability to obtain the components and raw materials we use could result in sales delays, cancellations and loss of market share.

          We depend on limited or single source suppliers for certain key components and raw materials used to manufacture our products, making us susceptible to quality issues, shortages and price changes. Any of these limited or single source suppliers could stop producing our components or supplying our raw materials, cease operations or be acquired by, or enter into exclusive arrangements with, one or more of our competitors. As a result, these suppliers could stop selling to us at commercially reasonable prices, or at all. Because there are a limited number

19

---

Table of Contents

of suppliers of solar PV system components and raw materials used to manufacture our products, it may be difficult to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative components or raw materials on commercially reasonable terms, and our ability to satisfy customer demand may be adversely affected. Transitioning to a new supplier or redesigning a product to accommodate a new component manufacturer would result in additional costs and delays. These outcomes could harm our business or financial performance.

          Any interruption in the supply of limited source components or raw materials for our products would adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers, could result in lost revenue or higher expenses and would harm our business.

Failure by our contract manufacturers or our component or raw material suppliers to use ethical business practices and comply with applicable laws and regulations may adversely affect our business.

          We do not control our contract manufacturers or suppliers or their business practices. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that they follow ethical business practices such as fair wage practices and compliance with environmental, safety and other local laws. A lack of demonstrated compliance could lead us to seek alternative manufacturers or suppliers, which could increase our costs and result in delayed delivery of our products, product shortages or other disruptions of our operations. Violation of labor or other laws by our manufacturers or suppliers or the divergence of a supplier's labor or other practices from those generally accepted as ethical in the U.S. or other markets in which we do business could also attract negative publicity for us and harm our business.

Our results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which could make our future performance difficult to predict and could cause our results of operations for a particular period to fall below expectations, resulting in a decline in the price of our common stock.

          Our quarterly results of operations are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly in the future. We have experienced seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in the past as a result of seasonal fluctuations in our customers' business. For example, our customers' and end-users' ability to install solar energy systems is affected by weather, as for example during the winter months in Europe and the northeastern U.S. Such installation delays can impact the timing of orders for our products. Further, given that we are an early-stage company operating in a rapidly growing industry, the true extent of these fluctuations may have been masked by our recent growth rates and consequently may not be readily apparent from our historical results of operations and may be difficult to predict. Our financial performance, sales, working capital requirements and cash flow may fluctuate, and our past quarterly results of operations may not be good indicators of future performance. Any substantial decrease in revenues would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and stock price.

We rely on distributors and large installers to assist in selling our products, and the failure of these customers to perform as expected could reduce our future revenue.

          We currently sell a substantial percentage of our products through distributors, who in turn sell to local installers, and through direct sales to large installers. We do not have exclusive arrangements with these third party distributors and large installers. Many of our distributors also market and sell products from our competitors, and all of our large installer customers also use products from our competitors. These distributors and large installers may terminate their relationships with us at any time and with little or no notice. Further, these distributors and large installers may fail to devote resources necessary to sell our products at the prices, in the volumes and within the time frames that we expect, or may focus their marketing and sales efforts on

20

---

Table of Contents

products of our competitors. Termination of agreements with current distributors or large installers, failure by these distributors or large installers to perform as expected, or failure by us to cultivate new distributor or large installer relationships, could hinder our ability to expand our operations and harm our revenue and results of operations.

If we fail to retain our key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.

          Our future success and ability to implement our business strategy depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel, and on the continued contributions of members of our senior management team and key technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. All of our employees, including our senior management, are free to terminate their employment relationships with us at any time. Competition for highly skilled individuals with technical expertise is extremely intense, and we face challenges identifying, hiring and retaining qualified personnel in many areas of our business. Integrating new employees into our team could prove disruptive to our operations, require substantial resources and management attention and ultimately prove unsuccessful. An inability to retain our senior management and other key personnel or to attract additional qualified personnel could limit or delay our strategic efforts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.

          As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees in preparation for these heightened requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future which would increase our costs and expenses.

          We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may have to choose between reduced coverage or substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed.

          Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We have applied for patents in the U.S., Europe and China, some of which have been issued. We cannot guarantee that any of our pending applications will be approved or that our existing and future intellectual property rights will be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary technology, and any

21

---

Table of Contents

failure to obtain such approvals or finding that our intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable could force us to, among other things, rebrand or re-design our affected products. In countries where we have not applied for patent protection or where effective intellectual property protection is not available to the same extent as in the U.S., we may be at greater risk that our proprietary rights will be misappropriated, infringed or otherwise violated.

Third parties may assert that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, which could divert management's attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the technology to which such rights relate.

          Our competitors and other third parties hold numerous patents related to technology used in our industry. From time to time we may also be subject to claims of intellectual property right infringement and related litigation, and, if we gain greater recognition in the market, we face a higher risk of being the subject of claims that we have violated others' intellectual property rights. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can be time consuming, can divert management's attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses in litigation or settlement. While we believe that our products and technology do not infringe in any material respect upon any valid intellectual property rights of third parties, we cannot be certain that we would be successful in defending against any such claims. If we do not successfully defend or settle an intellectual property claim, we could be liable for significant monetary damages and could be prohibited from continuing to use certain technology, business methods, content or brands. To avoid a prohibition, we could seek a license from the applicable third party, which could require us to pay significant royalties, increasing our operating expenses. If a license is not available at all or not available on reasonable terms, we may be required to develop or license a non-violating alternative, either of which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop a non-violating alternative, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our offerings and may be unable to effectively compete. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.

          We enter into agreements with our employees pursuant to which they agree that any inventions created in the scope of their employment or engagement are assigned to us or owned exclusively by us, depending on the jurisdiction, without the employee retaining any rights. A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment for us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967 (the "Patent Law"), inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company are regarded as "service inventions," which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no such agreement between an employer and an employee, the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee (the "Committee"), a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her inventions. Recent decisions by the Committee and the Israeli Supreme Court have created uncertainty in this area, as the Israeli Supreme Court held that employees may be entitled to remuneration for their service inventions despite having specifically waived any such rights. Further, the Committee has not yet determined the method for calculating this Committee-enforced remuneration. Although our employees have agreed that any rights related to their inventions are owned exclusively by us, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for such acknowledgement. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

22

---

Table of Contents

The loss of, or events affecting, one of our major customers could reduce our sales and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          For fiscal 2014, SolarCity, the largest independent solar power provider in the U.S., and Krannich, one of the leading solar PV distributors worldwide, accounted for 19.1% and 7.8% of our revenues, respectively. Our next five largest customers for fiscal 2014, together, accounted for 14.7% of our revenues. For the six months ended December 31, 2014, SolarCity, Krannich and our next five largest customers accounted for 32.3%, 7.1% and 21.0% of our revenues, respectively. Our customers' decisions to purchase our products are influenced by a number of factors outside of our control, including retail energy prices and government regulation and incentives, among others. In addition, these customers may decide to no longer use our products and services for other reasons which may be out of our control. Although we have agreements with some of our largest customers, these agreements do not have long-term purchase commitments and are generally terminable by either party after a relatively short notice period. The loss of, or events affecting, one or more of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our planned expansion into new markets could subject us to additional business, financial and competitive risks.

          In fiscal 2014, we sold our products to approximately 200 direct customers in 38 countries, including the U.S., Australia, Belgium, Canada, China, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. We intend to introduce new products targeted at large commercial and utility-scale installations and to expand into other international markets. Our success in these new product and geographic markets will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to develop solutions to address the requirements of the large commercial and utility-scale solar PV markets, timely qualification and certification of new products for large commercial and utility-scale solar PV installations, acceptance of power optimizers in solar PV markets in which they have not traditionally been used and our ability to manage increased manufacturing capacity and production.

          Further, these solar PV markets have different characteristics from the markets in which we currently sell products, and our success will depend on our ability to adapt properly to these differences. These differences may include differing regulatory requirements, including tax laws, trade laws, labor regulations, tariffs, export quotas, customs duties or other trade restrictions, limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection, international political or economic conditions, restrictions on the repatriation of earnings, longer sales cycles, warranty expectations, product return policies and cost, performance and compatibility requirements. In addition, expanding into new geographic markets will increase our exposure to presently existing risks, such as fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and difficulties and increased expenses in complying with U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the "FCPA").

          Failure to develop and introduce these new products successfully or to otherwise manage the risks and challenges associated with our potential expansion into new product and geographic markets could adversely affect our revenues and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

If we fail to manage our recent and future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of customer service or adequately address competitive challenges.

          We have experienced significant growth in recent periods with our annual product sales growing rapidly from approximately 8,400 inverters and approximately 181,000 power optimizers in

23

---

Table of Contents

fiscal 2011, our first full fiscal year of commercial shipments, to annual product sales exceeding 61,000 inverters and 1.3 million power optimizers in fiscal 2014. We intend to continue to expand our business significantly within existing and new markets. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. In particular, we will be required to expand, train and manage our growing employee base and scale and otherwise improve our IT infrastructure in tandem with that headcount growth. Our management will also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third parties and attract new customers and suppliers, as well as manage multiple geographic locations.

          Our current and planned operations, personnel, IT and other systems and procedures might be inadequate to support our future growth and may require us to make additional unanticipated investment in our infrastructure. Our success and ability to further scale our business will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes in a cost-effective and efficient manner. If we cannot manage our growth, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. This could also result in declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increased costs, difficulties in introducing new offerings or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

Covenants in our credit facility may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities and competitive developments and increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions.

          We have a revolving line of credit from Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB"). The SVB credit facility restricts our ability to take certain actions such as borrow money, grant liens, pay dividends, dispose of assets, or engage in certain transactions. Our credit agreement with SVB also requires us to maintain certain EBITDA and liquidity levels. These restrictions may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic or industry conditions. In addition, our obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets, including all of our intellectual property, which limits our ability to provide collateral for additional financing. Nevertheless, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional debt in the future and any debt instrument we enter into in the future may contain similar restrictions or collateral packages. A breach of any of these covenants, or a failure to pay principal or interest when due, could result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our indebtedness. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings if some or all of our indebtedness is accelerated. Acceleration could result in the foreclosure by the lenders on our assets that secure the credit facility.

          Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into new debt instruments on acceptable terms. If we are unable to satisfy financial covenants and other terms under existing or new credit arrangements or obtain waivers or forbearance from our lenders or if we are unable to obtain refinancing or new financings for our working capital, equipment and other needs on acceptable terms if and when needed, our business would be adversely affected.

We may not be able to raise additional capital to execute our current or future business strategies on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

          We expect that we may need to raise additional capital to execute our current or future business strategies. However, we do not know what forms of financing, if any, will be available to us. Some financing activities in which we may engage could cause your equity interest in the Company to be diluted, which could cause the value of your stock to decrease. If financing is not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, expand our

24

---

Table of Contents

research and development and sales and marketing functions, develop and enhance our products, respond to unanticipated events, including unanticipated opportunities, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited. In any such event, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed, and we may be unable to continue our operations.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

          Although our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar revenues accounted for only 56% of our revenues in fiscal 2014. In addition, a significant portion of our operating expenses are accrued in New Israeli Shekels (primarily related to payroll) and, to a lesser extent, the Euro and other currencies. Our profitability is affected by movements of the U.S. dollar against the Euro, and, to a lesser extent, the New Israeli Shekel and other currencies in which we generate revenues, incur expenses and maintain cash balances. Foreign currency fluctuations may also affect the prices of our products. Our prices are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars. If there is a significant devaluation of a particular currency, the prices of our products will increase relative to the local currency and may be less competitive. Despite our efforts to minimize foreign currency risks, primarily by entering into forward hedging transactions to sell Euro for U.S. dollars at a predefined rate, and maintaining cash balances in New Israeli Shekels, significant long-term fluctuations in relative currency values, in particular a significant change in the relative values of the Euro and, to a lesser extent, the New Israeli Shekel and other currencies, against the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition.

Any unauthorized access to, or disclosure or theft of personal information we gather, store or use could harm our reputation and subject us to claims or litigation.

          We receive, store and use certain personal information of our customers, and the end-users of our customers' solar PV systems, including names, addresses, e-mail addresses, credit information and energy production statistics. We also store and use personal information of our employees. We take steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the personal information we collect, store and transmit, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we and our suppliers or vendors may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative or mitigation measures.

          Unauthorized use or disclosure of, or access to, any personal information maintained by us or on our behalf, whether through breach of our systems, breach of the systems of our suppliers or vendors by an unauthorized party, or through employee or contractor error, theft or misuse, or otherwise, could harm our business. If any such unauthorized use or disclosure of, or access to, such personal information were to occur, our operations could be seriously disrupted and we could be subject to demands, claims and litigation by private parties, and investigations, related actions, and penalties by regulatory authorities. In addition, we could incur significant costs in notifying affected persons and entities and otherwise complying with the multitude of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of, personal information. Finally, any perceived or actual unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of, such information could harm our reputation, substantially impair our ability to attract and retain customers and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

25

---

Table of Contents

We could be adversely affected by any violations of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and other foreign anti-bribery laws.

          The FCPA generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Other countries in which we operate also have anti-bribery laws, some of which prohibit improper payments to government and non-government persons and entities. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. However, we currently operate in and intend to further expand into, many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In addition, due to the level of regulation in our industry, our entry into certain jurisdictions requires substantial government contact where norms can differ from U.S. standards. It is possible that our employees, subcontractors, agents and partners may take actions in violation of our policies and anti-bribery laws. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could subject us to criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and reputation.

Risks Related to Operations in Israel

Conditions in Israel affect our operations and may limit our ability to develop, produce and sell our products.

          Although we are incorporated in Delaware, our headquarters and research and development center are located in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel directly affect us. Israel has been involved in a number of armed conflicts and has been the target of terrorist activity. Rocket fire from the Gaza Strip, including against civilian targets, has occurred on an irregular basis, disrupting day-to-day civilian activity and negatively affecting business conditions. Any future armed conflict, political instability or violence in the region may impede our ability to manage our business effectively or to engage in research and development, or may otherwise adversely affect our business or operations. In the event of war, we and our Israeli products subcontractors and suppliers may cease operations, which may cause delays in the distribution and sale of our products. Some of our directors, executive officers and employees in Israel are obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israeli military and are subject to being called for additional active duty under emergency circumstances. In the event that our principal executive office is damaged as a result of hostile action, or hostilities otherwise disrupt the ongoing operation of our offices, our ability to operate could be materially adversely affected.

          Additionally, several countries, principally in the Middle East, restrict doing business with Israeli companies, and additional countries and groups may impose similar restrictions if hostilities in Israel or political instability in the region continue or increase. If recent regime changes and civil wars in neighboring states result in the establishment of fundamentalist Islamic regimes or governments more hostile to Israel, or if Egypt or Jordan abrogates its respective peace treaty with Israel, Israel could be subject to additional political, economic and military confines, and our operations and ability to sell our products to countries in the region could be materially adversely affected. These restrictions may limit materially our ability to obtain manufactured components and raw materials or to sell our products.

          Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or significant downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

26

---

Table of Contents

The tax benefits that are available to us under Israeli law require us to meet various conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which could increase our costs and taxes.

          Our Israeli subsidiary is eligible for certain tax benefits provided to "Benefited Enterprises" under the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the "Investment Law".) In order to remain eligible for the tax benefits for "Benefited Enterprises" we must continue to meet certain conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and its regulations, as amended. If these tax benefits are reduced, cancelled or discontinued, our Israeli taxable income would be subject to regular Israeli corporate tax rates and we may be required to refund any tax benefits that we have already received, plus interest and penalties thereon. The standard corporate tax rate for Israeli companies was increased to 25% in 2012 and 2013 and further increased to 26.5% for 2014 and thereafter. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel through acquisitions, for example, our expanded activities might not be eligible for inclusion in future Israeli tax benefit programs. The Israeli government may furthermore independently determine to reduce, phase out or eliminate entirely the benefit programs under the Investment Law, regardless of whether we then qualify for benefits under those programs at the time, which would also adversely affect our global tax rate and our results of operations.

The terms of Israeli government grants that we have received restrict our ability to transfer technologies outside of Israel, and we may be required to pay penalties in such a case or upon the sale of our Company.

          From January through December 31, 2014, we received a total of $0.6 million from the Office of the Chief Scientist in the Israel Ministry of Economy ("OCS"). We expect to receive additional grants to support our research and development activities in fiscal 2015. The terms of these grants require us to pay royalties at a rate of 4% to 4.5% on sales of products developed under these grants, up to the total grant amount, linked to the dollar and bearing interest at an annual rate of LIBOR applicable to dollar deposits. Even after payment in full, we will still be required to comply with the requirements of the Israeli Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development Law, 1984 (the "R&D Law"), and related regulations, with respect to those past grants. When a company develops know-how, technology or products under an OCS grant, the grant terms and the R&D Law restrict the transfer outside of Israel of such know-how without the prior approval of the OCS. Consequently, if aspects of our technologies are deemed to have been developed with OCS funding, the discretionary approval of an OCS committee would be required for any transfer to third parties outside of Israel of know-how related to those aspects of our technologies. The OCS may impose conditions on any arrangement under which it permits us to transfer technology or development out of Israel or may not grant such approval at all.

          Any transfer of OCS-supported technology or know-how outside of Israel may require payment of significant amounts to the OCS, depending on the value of the transferred technology or know-how, the amount of OCS support, the time of completion of the OCS-supported research project and other factors. These restrictions and requirements for payment may impair our ability to sell our technology assets outside of Israel. Furthermore, the consideration available to our shareholders in a transaction involving the transfer outside of Israel of technology or know-how developed with OCS funding (such as a merger or similar transaction) would be reduced by any amounts that we are required to pay to the OCS.

It may be difficult to enforce a judgment of a U.S. court against our officers and directors, to assert U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or to serve process on our officers and directors.

          The majority of our directors and executive officers reside outside of the U.S., and most of our assets and most of the assets of these persons are located outside of the U.S. Consequently, a judgment obtained against any of these persons, including a judgment based on the civil liability

27

---

Table of Contents

provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the U.S. It also may be difficult for you to effect service of process on these persons in the U.S. or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws on the grounds that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court hears a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proven as a fact by expert witnesses, which can be a time consuming and costly process. Further, an Israeli court may not enforce a judgment awarded by a U.S. or other non-Israeli court. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel that addresses these matters. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against any of these persons in Israel, you may not be able to obtain or enforce a judgment against many of our directors and executive officers.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop.

          Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Although we expect to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we cannot predict whether an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling or may not be able to sell any of the shares of our common stock that you purchase.

We cannot assure you that our stock price will not decline or not be subject to significant volatility after this offering.

          The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering. The price of our stock may change in response to fluctuations in our results of operations in future periods and also may change in response to other factors, including factors specific to companies in our industry, many of which are beyond our control. As a result, our share price may experience significant volatility and may not necessarily reflect the value of our expected performance. Among other factors that could affect our stock price are:

•

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our industry or offerings;



•

speculation about our business in the press or the investment community;



•

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;



•

volatility in the market price and trading volume of companies in our industry or companies that investors consider comparable;



•

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading levels of our shares;



•

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights;



•

sales of our common stock by us or our significant stockholders, officers and directors;



•

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;



•

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;



•

success of competitive products or services;



•

the public's response to press releases or other public announcements by us or others, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), announcements relating to litigation or significant changes to our key personnel;

28

---

Table of Contents

•

the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;



•

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of debt or equity securities;



•

our entry into new markets;



•

tax developments in the U.S., Europe or other markets;



•

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; and



•

changes in accounting principles.

          Further, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, the stock prices of many renewable energy companies have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

          We cannot assure you that you will be able to resell any of your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market, if a trading market develops, after this offering. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment and may lose some or all of your investment.

The price of our common stock could decline if securities analysts do not publish research or if securities analysts or other third parties publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us.

          The trading of our common stock is likely to be influenced by the reports and research that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities or industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage but one or more analysts downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more securities or industry analysts ceases to cover the Company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress our common stock price.

          Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock. Our executive officers and directors and certain of our equity holders have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock, subject to specified limited exceptions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the

29

---

Table of Contents

representatives of the underwriters. On March 23, 2015, we effected a 1-for-3 reverse split of our common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted into 28,247,923 shares of common stock and the outstanding warrants to purchase 563,014 shares of preferred stock will be converted into warrants to purchase 187,671 shares of common stock. Our certificate of incorporation, as expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to 125,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 38,069,764 shares of common stock will be outstanding, 6,201,291 shares of common stock will be issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and 187,671 shares of common stock will be issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. All shares of our common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions described under "Shares Available for Future Sale." Shares of our common stock held by our affiliates will continue to be subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up. See "Underwriting."

          Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 28,247,923 shares of our common stock and 187,671 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, based on shares of common stock and warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. In addition, immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement registering under the Securities Act the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our new 2015 Global Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan or subject to outstanding awards granted under our 2007 Global Incentive Plan. See the information under the heading "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a more detailed description of the shares that will be available for future sales upon completion of this offering. Sales of our common stock pursuant to these registration rights or this registration statement may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause our stock price to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock.

If you purchase shares of our common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

          If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $13.70 per share because the initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution would result because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances, the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans or the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock. See "Dilution."

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

          Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds.

          As discussed under "Use of Proceeds", we intend to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital and expansion of our business into additional markets. Management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

30

---

Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, we may utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

          We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to "emerging growth companies" including not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute compensation not previously approved. We have in this prospectus utilized, and we may in future filings with the SEC continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

          In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies."

          Following this offering, we could remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of at least $1 billion (as indexed for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common stock under this registration statement, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," as defined under the Exchange Act.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as amended and restated in connection with the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management.

          Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our Company may believe advantageous. These provisions include:

•

authorizing "blank check" preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;



•

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;



•

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;



•

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;



•

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent;

31

---

Table of Contents

•

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;



•

the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;



•

providing that our board of directors is expressly authorized to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our by-laws; and



•

requiring the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66²/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of common stock, voting as a single class, to amend provisions of our certificate of incorporation relating to the management of our business, our board of directors, stockholder action by written consent, advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals, calling special meetings of stockholders, forum selection and the liability of our directors, or to amend, alter, rescind or repeal our by-laws.

          In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with any "interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder becomes an "interested" stockholder. For a description of our capital stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."

Our certificate of incorporation will include a forum selection clause, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

          Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including any beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, will be a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware); in all cases subject to the court's having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. This forum selection provision to be included in our certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. It is also possible that, notwithstanding the forum selection clause to be included in our certificate of incorporation, a court could rule that such a provision is inapplicable or unenforceable. See "Description of Capital Stock—Forum Selection Clause."

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

          We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our debt instruments impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and provisions of our debt instruments and organizational documents, after taking into account our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of

32

---

Table of Contents

directors may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common stock, if any, may be your only source of gain on an investment in our common stock.

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

          Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be evaluated frequently. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires public companies to conduct an annual review and evaluation of their internal controls and requires attestations of the effectiveness of internal controls by independent auditors. We would be required to perform the annual review and evaluation of our internal controls no later than for fiscal 2016. We initially expect to qualify as an emerging growth company, and thus, we would be exempt from the auditors' attestation requirement until such time as we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. Regardless of whether we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will still need to implement substantial control systems and procedures in order to satisfy the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements, among other items. Establishing these internal controls will be costly and may divert management's attention.

          Evaluation by us of our internal controls over financial reporting may identify material weaknesses that may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of NASDAQ Global Select Market rules. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could also lead to a decline in the price of our common stock.

33

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND MARKET DATA

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections captioned "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Industry Overview" and "Business." Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, technology developments, financing and investment plans, dividend policy, competitive position, industry and regulatory environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "seek," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would" or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

          Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management's beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

          Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include:

•

our history of losses, which may continue in the future;



•

our limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict future results;



•

future demand for solar energy solutions;



•

changes to net metering policies or the reduction, elimination or expiration of government subsidies and economic incentives for on-grid solar electricity applications;



•

federal, state and local regulations governing the electric utility industry with respect to solar energy;



•

the retail price of electricity derived from the utility grid or alternative energy sources;



•

interest rates and supply of capital in the global financial markets;



•

competition, including introductions of power optimizer, inverter and solar PV system monitoring products by our competitors;



•

developments in alternative technologies or improvements in distributed solar energy generation;



•

historic cyclicality of industry and periodic downturns;



•

defects or performance problems in our products;



•

our ability to forecast demand for our products accurately and to match production with demand;



•

our dependence on ocean transportation to deliver our products in a cost efficient manner.

34

---

Table of Contents

•

our dependence upon a small number of outside contract manufacturers;



•

capacity constraints, delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs of our contract manufacturers and availability of components;



•

delays, disruptions and quality control problems in manufacturing;



•

shortages, delays, price changes or cessation of operations or production affecting our suppliers of key components;



•

business practices and regulatory compliance of our raw material suppliers;



•

performance of distributors and large installers in selling our products;



•

our ability to retain key personnel and attract additional qualified personnel;



•

our ability to maintain our brand and to protect and defend our intellectual property;



•

our ability to retain, and events affecting, our major customers;



•

our ability to manage effectively the growth of our organization and expansion into new markets;



•

our ability to raise additional capital on favorable terms or at all;



•

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;



•

unrest, terrorism or armed conflict in Israel;



•

general economic conditions in our domestic and international markets; and



•

the other factors set forth under "Risk Factors."

          Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

          We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, and in particular in the sections captioned "Prospectus Summary," "Industry Overview" and "Business." We have obtained the market data from certain third-party sources of information, including publicly available industry publications and subscription-based publications. Industry forecasts are based on industry surveys and the preparer's expertise in the industry and there can be no assurance that any of the industry forecasts will be achieved. We believe these data are reliable, but we have not independently verified the accuracy of this information. Any industry forecasts are based on data (including third-party data), models and experience of various professionals and are based on various assumptions, all of which are subject to change without notice. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market data presented herein, industry forecasts and projections involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors."

35

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $107.9 million from our sale of the 7,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering (or $124.5 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting $8.3 million in estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $2.8 million to be paid by us.

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, net proceeds to us from the offering by approximately $6.5 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting an incremental $0.5 million in underwriting discounts and commissions.

          The principal reasons for this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital and expansion of our business into additional markets. Overall, our management will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. We intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, pending their use as described above.

36

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our debt instruments prohibit us from paying cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and provisions of our debt instruments and organizational documents, after taking into account our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

37

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2014:

•

on an actual basis; and



•

on an as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the completion of a 1-for-3 reverse split of our common stock, (2) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (3) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 28,247,923 shares of common stock and the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase 563,014 shares of preferred stock into warrants to purchase 187,671 shares of common stock, upon closing of this offering and (4) our sale of 7,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting $8.3 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $2.8 million.

          You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

38

---

Table of Contents

          The actual number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 2,817,119 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and excludes:

•

6,201,291 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2007 Global Incentive Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.13 per share;



•

2,299,514 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or for sale under our compensatory stock plans; and



•

187,671 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

39

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

          Investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of their shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the initial public offering price of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

          Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets excluding deferred issuance costs) less total liabilities (excluding (i) deferred revenues related to warranty extensions and our cloud-based monitoring platform and (ii) liability relating to warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock), divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock. After giving effect to (1) the completion of a 1-for-3 reverse split of our common stock, (2) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (3) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 28,247,923 shares of common stock upon closing of this offering, (4) the issuance of 7,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering and (5) the receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting $8.3 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $2.8 million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014 would have been approximately $125.5 million, or $3.30 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $2.73 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $13.70 per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

          The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors.

          Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $6.5 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting an incremental $0.5 million in underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 100,000 in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $1.6 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting an incremental $0.1 million in underwriting discounts and commissions.

          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2014, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us and the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by

40

---

Table of Contents

investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, after deducting $8.3 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $2.8 million (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

          To the extent that new options are issued under our compensatory stock plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2014, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us and the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, assuming the exercise of all outstanding warrants and options, after deducting $8.3 million in

41

---

Table of Contents

underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $2.8 million (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

42

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

          The selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2010 and 2011 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments necessary, in the opinion of management, to summarize the financial positions and results for the period presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected in any future period and the historical results for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. These selected financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial

43

---

Table of Contents

statements and the related notes, as well as the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

Key Operating Metrics

          We regularly review a number of metrics, including the key operating metrics set forth in the table below, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate projections and make strategic decisions.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

          The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Other Data" and "Business" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under the sections of this prospectus captioned "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Market Data" and "Risk Factors".

Overview

          We are a leading provider of intelligent inverter solutions that are changing the way power is harvested and managed in solar PV systems. Our DC optimized inverter solution maximizes power generation at the individual PV module level while lowering the cost of energy produced by the solar PV system. Our systems allow for superior power harvesting and module management by deploying power optimizers at each PV module while maintaining a competitive system cost by using a simplified DC-AC inverter. Our systems are monitored through our cloud-based monitoring platform that enables lower system operating and maintenance ("O&M") costs. We believe that these benefits, along with our comprehensive and advanced safety features, are highly valued by our customers.

          We are a leader in the global module level power electronics ("MLPE") market according to GTM Research, and as of February 28, 2015, we have shipped approximately 5.1 million power optimizers and 222,000 inverters. Approximately 100,000 installations, many of which may include multiple inverters, are currently connected to, and monitored through, our cloud-based monitoring platform. As of February 28, 2015, we have shipped approximately 1.3 GW of our DC optimized inverter systems. Our products are sold in approximately 38 countries, and are installed in solar PV systems in 73 countries.

          We primarily sell our products directly to large solar installers and engineering, procurement and construction firms ("EPCs") and indirectly to thousands of smaller solar installers through large distributors and electrical equipment wholesalers. Our sales strategy focuses on top-tier customers in markets where electricity prices, irradiance (amount of sunlight), and government policies make solar PV installations economically viable. We also sell our power optimizers to several PV module manufacturers that offer PV modules with our power optimizer physically embedded into their modules.

          In fiscal 2014, we sold our products to approximately 200 direct customers in 38 countries and as of February 28, 2015, approximately 8,300 indirect customers had registered with us through our cloud-based monitoring platform. With the exception of SolarCity and Krannich, which accounted for 19.1% and 7.8% of our revenues in fiscal 2014, respectively, no customer accounted for more than 3.5% of our fiscal 2014 revenues. For the six months ended December 31, 2014, SolarCity, Krannich and our next five largest customers accounted for 32.3%, 7.1% and 21.0% of our revenues, respectively. As a result of the rapid growth of U.S. solar PV installations, the U.S. has become the largest market for our products, accounting for 48.5% of our revenues in fiscal 2014.

46

---

Table of Contents

          We were founded in 2006 with the goal of addressing the lost power generation potential that is inherent in the use of traditional solar PV inverter technology, thereby increasing the return on investment in solar PV systems. The following is a chronology of some of our key milestones:

•

In 2010, we commenced commercial shipments of our power optimizers and inverters to Europe after contracting with Flextronics (Israel) Ltd. (with its affiliates, "Flextronics") to initiate production in Israel.



•

In 2011, we commenced sales in the U.S. and expanded our manufacturing capacity by contracting with Jabil Circuit, Inc. to open a larger manufacturing site in Guangzhou, China.



•

In 2011, we introduced our second generation power optimizer, based on our second generation ASIC, with a power rating of up to 500 watts and a substantially reduced number of components.



•

In 2012, we shipped our millionth power optimizer and increased our sales personnel presence in the U.S. market.



•

In 2013, we opened an additional manufacturing site with Flextronics in Hungary to accommodate our accelerated growth, replacing the Flextronics manufacturing site in Israel.



•

In 2013, we introduced our third generation power optimizer, based on our third generation ASIC, with a power rating of up to 700 watts and improved heat dissipation capabilities for high reliability and lower cost.



•

In 2014, we shipped our three millionth power optimizer.

          We have achieved substantial growth since we commenced commercial shipments in fiscal 2010. Our revenues were $75.4 million, $79.0 million and $133.2 million for fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and were $58.1 million and $140.3 million for the first six months of fiscal 2014 and 2015, respectively. Gross margins were (0.9)%, 5.6% and 16.5%, for fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and were 12.1% and 21.3% for the first six months of fiscal 2014 and 2015, respectively. Net losses were $27.8 million, $28.2 million and $21.4 million for fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Net loss was $13.1 million for the first six months of fiscal 2014 and net income was $5.9 million for the first six months of fiscal 2015.

          We continue to focus on our long-term growth. We believe that our market opportunity is large and that the transition from traditional inverter architecture to DC optimized inverter architecture as the architecture of choice for distributed solar installations globally will continue. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this market trend. We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing to acquire new customers in our existing markets, grow internationally and drive additional revenue. We also plan to expand our product offerings to further penetrate the large commercial and utility segments. We expect to continue to invest in research and development to enhance our product offerings and develop new, cost effective solutions.

          We believe that our strategy results in a lean operating base with low expenses that will enable profitability on lower revenues relative to our competitors. We believe that our sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative costs will decrease as a percentage of revenue in the long-term as we continue to grow due to economies of scale. With this increased operating leverage, we expect our gross and operating margins to increase in the long-term.

Performance Measures

          In managing our business and assessing financial performance, we supplement the information provided by the financial statements with other operating metrics. These operating

47

---

Table of Contents

metrics are utilized by our management to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business and formulate projections. We use metrics relating to yearly shipments (inverters shipped, power optimizers shipped and megawatts shipped) to evaluate our sales performance and to track market acceptance of our products from year to year. We use metrics relating to monitoring (systems monitored and megawatts monitored) to evaluate market acceptance of our products and usage of our solution.

          We provide the "megawatts shipped" metric, which is calculated based on nameplate capacity shipped, to show adoption of our system on a nameplate capacity basis. Nameplate capacity shipped is the maximum rated power output capacity of an inverter and corresponds to our financial results in that higher total capacities shipped are generally associated with higher total revenues. However, revenues increase with each additional unit, not necessarily each additional MW of capacity, sold. Accordingly, we also provide the "inverters shipped" and "power optimizers shipped" operating metrics.

          We calculate systems monitored through our cloud-based monitoring platform, which tracks installations of products shipped by us, if and to the extent that such installations are connected to the monitoring platform. Our shipping metrics correspond to our monitoring metrics, in that higher numbers of units or nameplate capacity shipped are generally associated with higher numbers of systems and megawatts monitored. However, there is a delay between the date in which units are shipped, installed and ultimately connected to the cloud-based monitoring platform. Further, some system owners opt not to connect their systems to the cloud-based monitoring platform, which causes their systems not to be included in "systems monitored" or "megawatts monitored." Because installations contain multiple power optimizers, and some installations contain multiple inverters, the number of installations monitored differs from the number of inverters and power optimizers shipped.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

          The following discussion describes certain line items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Revenues

          We generate revenues from the sale of DC optimized inverter systems for solar PV installations which include power optimizers, inverters and our cloud-based monitoring software. Our customer base includes large solar installers, distributors, wholesalers, EPCs and PV module manufacturers.

          Our revenues are affected by changes in the volume and average selling prices of our DC optimized inverter systems. The volume and average selling price of our systems is driven by the supply and demand for our products, changes in the product mix between our residential and commercial products, the customer mix between large and small customers, the geographical mix of our sales, sales incentives, end-user government incentives, seasonality and competitive product offerings.

          Our revenue growth is dependent on our ability to expand our market share in each of the geographies in which we compete, expand our global footprint to new evolving markets, grow our production capabilities to meet demand and to continue to develop and introduce new and innovative products that address the changing technology and performance requirements of our customers.

48

---

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

          Cost of revenues consists primarily of product costs, including purchases from our contract manufacturers and other suppliers as well as costs related to shipping, customer support, product warranty, personnel, depreciation of test and manufacturing equipment, hosting services for our cloud-based monitoring server and other logistics services. Our product costs are affected by technological innovations, such as advances in semiconductor integration and new product introductions, economies of scale resulting in lower component costs, and improvements in production processes and automation. Some of these costs, primarily personnel and depreciation of test and manufacturing equipment, are not directly affected by sales volume.

          We outsource our manufacturing to third-party manufacturers and negotiate product pricing on a quarterly basis. Our third-party manufacturers are responsible for funding the capital expenses incurred in connection with the manufacture of our products, except with regard to end of line testing equipment (which resulted in expenses of $0.4 million and $1.0 million for fiscal 2013 and 2014, respectively). We expect to continue this funding arrangement in the future, with respect to any expansions to such existing lines. We also procure strategic and critical components from various approved vendors on behalf of our contract manufacturers. At times, higher than anticipated demand has exceeded the production capacities of these manufacturers. These production shortfalls, as well as shortages in the supply of certain raw materials, currently require us to use air freight, rather than less expensive ocean freight, to deliver the majority of our products. We believe that the expansion of current manufacturing sites by our contract manufacturers, together with planned North American contract manufacturing sites, will provide sufficient manufacturing capacity by the middle of 2015 to both meet demand and build up enough inventory to reduce significantly the shipment of products by air freight.

          In addition, we are in the process of completing development of our self-designed automated assembly line for our power optimizers at one of our third-party manufacturing sites in an effort to reduce manufacturing costs and continue to increase product reliability. We have designed and are responsible for funding all of the capital expenses associated with this automated assembly line. We expect to invest in additional automated assembly lines in the future, and we will own and be responsible for funding all of the capital expenses incurred in conjunction with such automated assembly lines. The current and expected capital expenses associated with these automated assembly lines are not significant and will be funded out of our cash flows.

          Key components of our logistics supply channel consist of third party and in-house distribution centers in the U.S., Europe and Canada. Finished goods are either shipped to our customers directly from our contract manufacturers or shipped to third party or in-house distribution centers and then finally shipped to our customers.

          Gross profit may vary from quarter to quarter and is primarily affected by our average selling prices, product costs, product mix, customer mix, geographical mix, shipping method, warranty costs and seasonality.

Operating Expenses

          Operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. Personnel-related costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories and include salaries, benefits, payroll taxes, commissions and stock-based compensation. Our full-time employee headcount in our research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative departments has grown from 167 as of June 30, 2012 to 179 as of June 30, 2013, to 239 as of June 30, 2014 and to 284 as of December 31, 2014. We expect to continue to hire significant numbers of new employees to support our growth. The timing of these additional hires could materially affect our operating expenses in any particular

49

---

Table of Contents

period, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue. We expect to continue to invest substantial resources to support our growth and anticipate that each of the following categories of operating expenses will increase in absolute dollar amounts for the foreseeable future.

Research and development expenses, net

          Research and development expenses, net include personnel-related expenses such as salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation and payroll taxes. Our research and development employees are engaged in the design and development of power electronics, semiconductors, software and power line communications and networking. Our research and development expenses also include third-party design and consulting costs, materials for testing and evaluation, ASIC development and licensing costs, depreciation expense and other indirect costs. We devote substantial resources to ongoing research and development programs that focus on enhancements to and cost efficiencies in our existing products and timely development of new products that utilize technological innovation, thereby maintaining our competitive position.

          Research and development expenses are presented net of the amount of any grants we receive for research and development in the period in which we receive the grant. We previously received grants and other funding from the Binational Industrial Research and Development Foundation and the OCS. Certain of those grants require us to pay royalties on sales of certain of our products, which are recorded as cost of revenues. We may receive additional funding from these entities or other funding requiring payment of similar royalties in the future.

Sales and marketing expenses

          Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses such as salaries, sales commissions, benefits, payroll taxes and stock-based compensation. These expenses also include travel, fees of independent consultants, trade shows, marketing, costs associated with the operation of our sales offices and other indirect costs. The expected increase in sales and marketing expenses is due to an expected increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel and the expansion of our global sales and marketing footprint, enabling us to increase our penetration of new markets. While most of our sales in fiscal 2012 were in Europe, sales in the U.S. increased during fiscal 2013 and represented 48.5% of our revenues in fiscal 2014. We currently have a sales presence in the U.S., Australia, Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands and the U.K. We intend to continue to expand our sales presence to additional countries.

General and administrative expenses

          General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, employee benefits, payroll taxes and stock-based compensation related to our executives, finance, human resources, information technology and legal organizations, travel expenses, facilities costs, and fees for professional services. Professional services consist of audit, legal, tax, insurance, information technology and other costs. We expect that after completion of this offering, we will incur additional audit, tax, accounting, legal and other costs related to compliance with applicable securities and other regulations, as well as additional insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company.

50

---

Table of Contents

Non-Operating Expenses

Financial expenses, net

          Financial expenses, net consist primarily of interest expense, gains or losses from foreign currency fluctuations and hedging transactions and gains or losses related to re-measurement of warrants granted in relation to long-term debt incurred by the Company in December 2012.

          Interest expense consists of interest and other charges paid to SVB in connection with our revolving line of credit, and interest on our term loan from Kreos Capital IV (Expert Fund) Limited ("Kreos"), which was fully repaid on January 26, 2015.

          Our functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. With respect to our subsidiaries, other than our Israeli subsidiary, the functional currency is the applicable local currency. Financial expenses, net is net of financial income which consists primarily of the effect of foreign exchange differences between the U.S. Dollar and the New Israeli Shekel, the Euro and other currencies, related to our monetary assets and liabilities, and the realization of gain from hedging transactions.

Taxes on income

          We are subject to income taxes in the countries where we operate.

          We have experienced operating losses since inception and consequently accumulated a significant amount of operating loss carryforwards in several jurisdictions. We currently have unused operating loss carryforwards with respect to U.S. federal tax and State of California income tax obligations. In fiscal 2014, we recorded an immaterial provision associated with U.S. federal alternative minimum tax as well as allowances for tax in all other U.S. states where we operate.

          SolarEdge Technologies Ltd., our Israeli subsidiary, is taxed under Israeli law. Income not eligible for benefits under the Investment Law is taxed at the corporate tax rate. Corporate tax rates in Israel were 25% in both fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012. A recent amendment of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance increased the corporate tax rate to 26.5% commencing on January 1, 2014. However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from a "Benefited Enterprise" or a "Preferred Enterprise", as defined under the Investment Law, may be considerably less. Capital gains derived by an Israeli company are subject to tax at the prevailing corporate tax rate.

          Our subsidiaries are subject to taxes in each of the countries in which they operate. All of our products are developed and manufactured by our subsidiary, SolarEdge Technologies Ltd., and sold to other entities in the SolarEdge group, which then sell our products to our customers. All intercompany sales of products and services are paid for or reimbursed pursuant to transfer price policies established for each of the countries in which we operate, consistent with arm's length profit levels.

          Due to our history of losses since inception, we have recorded a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

Results of Operations

          The following tables set forth our consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the first six months of fiscal 2014 and 2015. We have derived this data from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere

51

---

Table of Contents

in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future period.

Comparison of the Six Months Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited)

Revenues

          Revenues increased by $82.2 million, or 141.5%, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in the number of systems sold in the U.S. market and certain countries in Europe. The number of power optimizers sold increased by approximately 0.9 million units, or 166.0%, from approximately 0.6 million units in the six months ended December 31, 2013 to approximately 1.5 million units in the six months ended December 31, 2014. The number of inverters sold increased by approximately 42,000 units, or 164.4%, from approximately 25,000 units in the six months ended December 31, 2013 to approximately 67,000 units in the six months ended December 31, 2014. The increase in the number of units sold was mainly attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold in the U.S. market and certain countries in Europe. In general, our increase in revenues in the six months ended December 31, 2014 was attributable to rapid expansion in the U.S. market. Our blended average selling price per watt decreased by $0.024, or 6.13%, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to a change in our customer mix, which included larger portion of sales to large customers to whom we provide volume discounts.

52

---

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

          Cost of revenues increased by $59.4 million, or 116.3%, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in the number of units sold, an increase in personnel related costs as a result of an increase in our operations and support headcount and an increase in spending on air shipments. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 12.1% in the six months ended December 31, 2013 to 21.3% in the six months ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to reductions in product costs, lower costs associated with our warranty expenses and warranty provisions and general economies of scale in our personnel related costs and other costs associated with our support and operations departments.

Operating Expenses:

Research and Development, Net

          Research and development, net increased by $1.0 million, or 11.4%, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in personnel related costs of $1.0 million as a result of an increased headcount of engineers. The increase in headcount reflects our continuing investment in enhancements of existing products as well as development associated with bringing new products to market. In addition, expenses related to consultants, sub-contractors and materials consumption increased by $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013. These amounts were partially offset by $0.6 million received pursuant to a grant from the OCS during the six months ended December 31, 2014.

53

---

Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

          Sales and marketing expenses increased by $3.3 million, or 42.9%, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in personnel related costs of $2.5 million as a result of an increase in headcount supporting our growth in the U.S. and Europe. In addition, costs related to trade shows and marketing activities and the use of third party vendors, and expenses associated with our international sales offices, travel and other directly related overhead costs increased by $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013.

General and Administrative

          General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 26.5%, in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in personnel related costs of $0.3 million as a result of an increase in headcount as part of our ongoing efforts to enhance the legal, finance, human resources, recruiting and information technology functions required of a growing company. In addition, costs related to facilities, travel, accounting, tax, legal, information systems consulting and other expenses increased by $0.2 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013.

Financial Expenses (Income)

          Financial expenses decreased by $1.7 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to gains associated with hedging transactions of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro and New Israeli Shekel in the amount of $0.8 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014, compared to a loss of $0.5 million in the

54

---

Table of Contents

six months ended December 31, 2013 and a decrease of $0.4 million in expenses from foreign exchange fluctuations.

Taxes on Income

          Taxes on income increased by $0.7 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to tax accruals with respect to U.S. federal taxes, taxes in certain U.S. states in which we operate, and taxes in Germany.

Net Income (loss)

          As a result of the factors discussed above, the Company reached profitability in the six months ended December 31, 2014. Net income was $5.9 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 as compared to a net loss of $13.1 million in the six months ended December 31, 2013.

Comparison of fiscal 2013 and 2014

Revenues

          Revenues increased by $54.2 million, or 68.6%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to the number of systems sold. The number of power optimizers sold increased by approximately 0.5 million units, or 63%, from approximately 0.8 million units in fiscal 2013 to approximately 1.3 million units in fiscal 2014. The number of inverters sold increased by approximately 29,000 units, or 90%, from approximately 32,000 units in fiscal 2013 to approximately 61,000 units in fiscal 2014. The increases in units sold were attributable to accelerated sales growth in the U.S. market partially offset by a sales decline in certain European markets. The relatively higher increase in inverters sold compared to power optimizers sold is attributed to the fact that sales in the U.S. were mainly to the residential segment which utilizes single-phase inverters while sales in Europe were primarily of three-phase inverters for both the residential and commercial segment, which are associated with a higher ratio of power optimizers per inverter. The overall

55

---

Table of Contents

increase in unit sales was driven by deeper penetration of our existing customer base, the addition of new customers, and broader acceptance of our products resulting from, among other factors, increased investment in sales and marketing. During fiscal 2014, we continued to experience a slight decline in the average selling price of our products. Our blended average selling price per watt decreased by $0.001, or 0.28%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to changes in our customer mix as larger customers, which receive volume discounts, accounted for a larger portion of our sales. This was partially offset, as mentioned above, by a higher percentage of sales attributable to residential systems sales which have a higher average selling price per watt than commercial systems. We expect the average selling price per watt to continue to decrease as the percentage of our total revenues attributable to large customers and commercial systems increases.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

          Cost of revenues increased by $36.6 million, or 49.1%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to an increase in the number of systems sold, consistent with the overall increase in revenues as described above. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 5.6% in fiscal 2013 to 16.5% in fiscal 2014, primarily due to a reduction in cost per unit resulting from the introduction of new power optimizer and inverter generations, better component pricing resulting from economies of scale associated with our volume growth, improvement in manufacturing processes and cost reductions in our existing product generations. These cost reductions were partially offset by increased shipment and logistics costs which resulted as unexpectedly high customer demand forced us to shorten transportation time from our factories in China and Hungary by using air freight rather than less expensive ocean freight.

Operating Expenses:

Research and Development, Net

          Research and development, net increased by $2.4 million, or 15.4%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $1.8 million increase in personnel-related costs as a result of an increase in engineer headcount. The increase in headcount reflects our continuing investment in enhancements of existing products as well as development associated with bringing new products to market. In addition, materials consumption and other directly related overhead costs, net of OCS grants increased in fiscal 2014 by $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as compared to fiscal 2013.

          We plan to continue to invest in research and development as we continue to develop new products and make further enhancements to existing products.

56

---

Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

          Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.0 million, or 39.2%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related costs of $2.9 million as a result of an increase in headcount to support higher sales volumes and accelerated expansion and higher sales commissions associated with our increased revenues in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013. In addition, costs related to trade shows and marketing activities, the use of outside services and expenses associated with our international sales offices, travel and other directly related overhead costs increased by $2.0 million. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand sales operations in the U.S. and other geographies.

General and Administrative

          General and administrative expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 31.6%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to a $0.8 million increase in personnel-related costs as a result of increases in headcount. The additional personnel-related costs were primarily the result of our ongoing efforts to enhance the legal, finance, human resources, recruiting and information technology functions required of a growing company. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Financial Expenses

          Financial expenses increased by $2.2 million, or 355.4%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to an increase in interest and financial expenses of $0.6 million related to the Kreos term loan, a $0.3 million increase in interest expense related to our revolving line of credit, as a result of higher average outstanding borrowings during 2014 and an increase in expenses from foreign exchange fluctuations and other bank charges of $1.3 million.

57

---

Table of Contents

Taxes on Income

          Taxes on income increased by $0.1 million, or 103.7%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to the initiation of state tax payments in certain U.S. states in which we operate.

Net Loss

          As a result of the factors discussed above, our net loss decreased by $6.8 million, or 24.1%, in fiscal 2014 as compared to fiscal 2013.

Comparison of fiscal 2012 and 2013

Revenues

          Revenues increased by $3.7 million, or 4.9%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to the number of systems sold. The number of power optimizers sold increased by approximately 0.1 million units, or 16%, from approximately 0.7 million units in fiscal 2012 to approximately 0.8 million units in fiscal 2013. The number of inverters sold increased by approximately 2,000 units, or 8.7%, from approximately 30,000 units in fiscal 2012 to approximately 32,000 units in fiscal 2013. The increase in the number of power optimizers sold was driven by higher sales in European countries where feed-in tariffs were scheduled to expire, which drove increased investment in solar equipment, and the increase in the number of inverters sold was attributable to a larger proportion of single-phase inverter sales in fiscal 2013 as a result of our sales growth in the U.S. residential market as compared to the lower growth in sales in Europe, which are associated with three-phase inverters that have a higher ratio of power optimizers per inverter, during the same period. In general, our increase in revenues in fiscal 2013 was attributable to increased sales into the U.S. residential market, deeper penetration of our existing customer base, the addition of new customers, and broader acceptance of our products resulting from, among other factors, our increased investment in sales and marketing. Our blended average selling price per watt decreased by $0.082, or 18.1%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to competitive price pressures in our European markets. The decline in average selling price per watt reflects, and was consistent with, market trends in the solar industry.

58

---

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

          Cost of revenues decreased by $1.4 million, or 1.8%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to the initiation of mass production in Jabil Circuit's factory in China which offered substantially lower labor costs and logistics charges as well as design enhancements resulting in a higher level of product integration, lower component costs and efficiency gains in the manufacturing process. Gross profit (loss) as a percentage of revenue increased from (0.9)% in fiscal 2012 to 5.6% in fiscal 2013, primarily due to the same factors. Prior to fiscal 2013, higher manufacturing costs in Israel had resulted in lower margins.

Operating Expenses:

Research and Development, Net

          Research and development, net increased by $2.0 million, or 14.8%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related expenses as a result of increases in headcount. In addition, third-party engineering fees and patent, product certification and other outside services fees increased by approximately $0.7 million, primarily due to the development of new features for our next generation of products. These amounts were partially offset by $0.2 million received pursuant to a grant from the Binational Industrial Research and Development Foundation to support the development of a proposed product.

Sales and Marketing

          Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.9 million, or 28.8%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to an increase in salaries, commissions and personnel-related expenses of $2.2 million resulting from the expansion of our sales organization in order to increase product awareness and expand our sales presence in new markets. In addition, the use of outside services and expenses associated with our international sales offices, travel and other directly related overhead costs increased by $1.1 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in costs related to trade shows and marketing activities of $0.5 million.

59

---

Table of Contents

General and Administrative

          General and administrative expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 6.1%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to a $122,000 increase in salaries and personnel-related expenses as a result of increases in headcount. In addition, professional services fees increased by $63,000. The additional personnel expenses and professional services fees were primarily the result of our ongoing efforts to enhance the legal, finance, reporting, human resources, recruiting and information technology functions required of a growing company.

Financial Expenses

          Financial expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 113.2%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in interest expense related to the Kreos term loan which was outstanding for all of fiscal 2013 and only a portion of fiscal 2012 and a $0.2 million increase in interest expense related to our revolving line of credit due to higher average outstanding borrowings during 2013, partially offset by increased income from foreign currency fluctuations and exchange rate differences, net of other bank charges, of $0.8 million.

Taxes on Income

          Taxes on income increased by $0.1 million, or 200.0%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily due to the initiation of tax payments in Germany.

Net Loss

          As a result of the factors discussed above, our net loss increased by $0.4 million, or 1.4%, in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012.

60

---

Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each of the nine quarters ended December 31, 2014. The data presented below has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:

          Since the Company's founding through the quarter ended September 30, 2014, we financed our operations with the net proceeds from sales of preferred stock, short and long-term debt borrowings and cash receipts from sales of our products.

          The Company generated a positive cash flow from operating activities of $9.4 million during the six months ended December 31, 2014.

61

---

Table of Contents

          As of December 31, 2014, our cash and cash equivalents were $23.8 million. This amount does not include $3.4 million of restricted cash (primarily held to secure letters of credit to vendors and bank guarantees securing office lease payments). Net working capital as of December 31, 2014 was $28.7 million.

          As of December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings and $20 million available for additional borrowings under our $20 million revolving line of credit with SVB and $4.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Kreos term loan, of which $3.4 million was payable through December 31, 2015 and $1.3 million was payable through May 1, 2016.

          On January 26, 2015, we repaid the entire outstanding balance of the Kreos term loan. On February 17, 2015, we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement with SVB providing for a $40 million revolving line of credit. As of March 10, we had approximately $5.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our $40 million revolving line of credit with SVB.

Operating Activities

          For the six months ended December 31, 2014, cash provided by operating activities was $9.4 million mainly due to net income of $5.9 million, which included $1.5 million of non-cash expenses. An increase of $22.1 million in inventories, $10.7 million in prepaid expenses and other receivables and $5.9 million in trade receivables was offset by an increase of $26.9 million in accruals for employees and other accounts payable, $6.1 million in warranty obligations, $6.0 million in trade payables, and $1.7 million in deferred revenues.

          For the six months ended December 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $8.0 million mainly due to a net loss of $13.1 million that included $2.0 million of non-cash expenses. An increase of $5.3 million in inventories, $3.9 million in account receivables, $3.0 million in prepaid expenses and other receivables, a decrease of $1.6 million in accruals for employees and other accounts payable and $1.0 million in deferred revenues was offset by an increase of $12.7 million in trade payables and $5.2 million in warranty obligations.

          For fiscal 2014, cash used in operating activities was $17.8 million mainly due to a net loss of $21.4 million that included $3.5 million of non-cash expenses. Although revenue grew 68.6% during fiscal 2014, we incurred a deficit in working capital while extending payments to our vendors to match collections from our customers and inventory management. Increases in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 of $9.9 million in trade receivables, $7.4 million in prepaid expenses and other receivables and $10.7 million in inventories, were offset by an increase of $20.3 million in trade payables, $7.8 million increase in warranty obligations and another $1.7 million in accruals for employees and other accounts payable.

          For fiscal 2013, cash used in operating activities was $23.1 million, mainly due to a net loss of $28.2 million that included $3.7 million of non-cash expenses. Cash used in operating activities increased in fiscal 2013 as a result of an increase of $1.0 million in trade receivables, a $1.2 million increase in inventories and a $9.6 million decrease in vendor accounts payable, offset by a $3.8 million decrease in prepayments and other accounts receivable, a $3.9 million increase in warranty obligations, a $1.9 million increase in deferred revenues, and a $3.3 million increase in accruals and other accounts payable.

          For fiscal 2012, cash used in operating activities was $22.3 million, mainly due to a net loss of $27.8 million that included $2.1 million of non-cash expenses. Cash used in operating activities increased in fiscal 2012 as a result of increases of $3.9 million in trade receivables, $6.1 million in prepayments and other accounts receivable and $9.4 million in inventories, offset by increases of $15.4 million in trade payables, $3.6 million in warranty obligations, $2.2 million in deferred revenues and $0.9 million in accruals and other accounts payable.

62

---

Table of Contents

Investing Activities

          During the six months ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $5.0 million, of which $3.1 million related to capital investments in laboratory equipment, end of line testing equipment and manufacturing tools and $1.9 million related to security deposits held to secure letters of credit to vendors and bank guarantees securing office lease payments.

          During the six months ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $1.5 million, mostly attributed to capital investments in laboratory equipment, end of line testing equipment and manufacturing tools.

          During fiscal 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $3.1 million, mostly attributed to capital investments in laboratory equipment, end of line testing equipment and manufacturing tools.

          During fiscal 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $2.8 million, of which $1.5 million related to capital investments similar to those described above and $1.1 million related to security deposits held to secure letters of credit to vendors.

          During fiscal 2012, net cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million, consisting primarily of $4.0 million related to capital investments similar to those described above partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in restricted cash held to secure foreign currency hedging positions.

Financing Activities

          For the six months ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $9.7 million, of which $24.9 million was net proceeds from our Series E convertible preferred stock issuance and $6.0 million was from short-term borrowings under our $20 million revolving line of credit with SVB, offset by $19.3 million of repayment of the $20 million revolving line of credit with SVB, $1.6 million of repayment of the Kreos term loan and $0.3 million of expenses related to this offering.

          For the six months ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $5.9 million, of which $0.7 million was net proceeds from our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock issuance in fiscal 2014 and $14.0 million was from short-term borrowings under our $20 million revolving line of credit with SVB, offset by $7.9 million of repayment of the $20 million revolving line of credit with SVB and $0.9 million of repayment made under the Kreos term loan.

          For fiscal 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $17.7 million, of which $10.7 million was net proceeds from our Series D-2 and Series D-3 convertible preferred stock issuances in fiscal 2014 and $9.4 million was from short-term borrowings under our $20 million revolving line of credit with SVB, offset by $2.4 million of repayment of the Kreos term loan.

          For fiscal 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $19.7 million, of which $10.3 million were net proceeds from our Series D-1 and Series D-2 convertible preferred stock issuances in fiscal 2013 and $9.9 million of borrowings under the Kreos term loan.

          For fiscal 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $40.4 million, $36.9 million of which was net proceeds from our Series D convertible preferred stock issuance in fiscal 2012 and $3.5 million of which was from short-term bank borrowing.

Debt Obligations

$20 Million Revolving Line of Credit

          In June 2011, we entered into an agreement with SVB for a revolving line of credit, which, as amended to date, permits aggregate borrowings of up to $20 million in an amount not to exceed 80% of the eligible accounts receivable plus 65% of inventories in transit to customers and bears

63

---

Table of Contents

interest, payable monthly, at SVB's prime rate plus a margin of 0.75% to 2.75%. The average interest rate on our outstanding borrowings for fiscal 2014 was 4.9%. As of December 31, 2014, the entire outstanding balance of the revolving line of credit had been repaid, and there were no amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit.

$40 Million Revolving Line of Credit

          In February 2015, we amended and restated the agreement with SVB for a revolving line of credit, which permits aggregate borrowings of up to $40 million in an amount not to exceed 80% of the eligible accounts receivable and bears interest, payable monthly, at SVB's prime rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 2.0%. The revolving line of credit will terminate, and outstanding borrowings will be payable, on December 31, 2016. As of March 10, we had approximately $5.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our $40 million revolving line of credit with SVB.

          In connection with the amended and restated revolving line of credit, we granted SVB security interests in substantially all of our assets, including a first-priority security interest in our trade receivables, cash and cash equivalents (the "SVB Priority Collateral"). The agreement contains certain financial covenants requiring us to maintain EBITDA and liquidity at specified levels. Specifically, we are required to maintain negative Adjusted EBITDA (defined in accordance with US GAAP as (a) net income, plus (b) the extent deducted in the calculation of net income, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of net income, non-cash stock-based compensation) of no greater than ($1,500,000) as of March 31, 2015, and positive Adjusted EBITDA of at least (i) $1,500,000 as of June 30, 2015, (ii) $3,500,000 as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015, (iii) $1,500,000 as of March 31, 2016 and (iv) $3,500,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 and for each calendar quarter thereafter. In addition, we are required to maintain liquidity (defined as our unrestricted and unencumbered cash, plus availability under the revolving line of credit) of $6,750,000. The amended and restated revolving line of credit also contains covenants that restrict our ability to borrow money, grant liens, pay dividends, dispose of assets or engage in business combinations.

Term Loan

          On December 28, 2012, we entered into a term loan agreement with Kreos, providing for a term loan of up to $10 million, which was fully drawn on the closing date. The borrowings under the term loan were primarily used to finance working capital needs. On January 26, 2015, we repaid the entire outstanding balance of the Kreos term loan.

          Interest on the term loan was payable monthly at a rate of 11.90% per year, compounded on a monthly basis. Principal is paid in 33 equal monthly installments from September 1, 2013 through May 1, 2016, the last of which was prepaid in advance pursuant to the terms of the term loan. As of December 31, 2014, the term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $4.7 million. Payments of principal and interest on the term loan were in Euros.

          In connection with the term loan agreement, we granted Kreos 563,014 D-1 Warrants to purchase Series D-1 convertible preferred shares at an exercise price of $2.309. The D-1 Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part prior to earliest of (i) December 28, 2022, (ii) 12 months after a qualified initial public offering or (iii) immediately prior to the consummation of a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. If the holder exercises all Series D-1 Warrants in full upon or, if applicable, after an event described in (ii) or (iii) and the fair market value (as defined in the Series D-1 Warrants) of the shares received upon exercise, less the exercise price, is less than $750,000, the terms of the Series D-1 Warrants require the Company to pay the difference to the holder.

64

---

Table of Contents

          Based on our current financial condition, and following the consummation of a $25 million Series E convertible preferred financing in October 2014, we believe that liquidity from available sources, without giving effect to the proceeds from this offering, will be adequate to fund our current and long-term debt obligations as well as our planned capital expenditures and business plans over the next 12 months. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we expand our business and grow our revenue, which results in increased accounts receivable and inventory balances, and increased headcount. Our ability to generate cash from operations is subject to substantial risks described under the caption "Risk Factors." If any of these risks materialize, we may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities or raise additional capital. We would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents to support our working capital and other cash requirements. If additional sources of liquidity are required to support our working capital requirements or operational expansion, we may seek to raise funds through debt financing or from other sources in the future, but we can provide no assurance that these transactions could be consummated on terms acceptable to us or at all. Failure to raise sufficient capital when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position.

Contractual Obligations

          The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of June 30, 2014:

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          In fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014 and as of December 31, 2014, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

65

---

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates

          We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. ("GAAP") The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates. Critical accounting policies and estimates are those that we consider the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations because they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition

          We generate revenues from the sale of DC optimized inverter systems for solar PV installations which include our power optimizers, inverters and cloud-based monitoring platform. Our worldwide customer base includes large solar installers, distributors, EPCs and PV module manufacturers. Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment to the customer and do not require production, modification or customization. We recognize revenues when all of the following conditions are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Provisions for rebates, sales incentives, and discounts to customers are accounted for as reductions in revenue in the same period that the related sales are recorded.

          We generally sell our products to our customers pursuant to a customer's standard purchase order and our customary terms and conditions. We do not offer rights to return our products other than for normal warranty conditions, and as such revenue is recorded upon shipment of products to customers and transfer of title and risk of loss under standard commercial terms. We evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers to determine that appropriate credit limits are established prior to the acceptance and shipment of an order.

          Prior to May 2013, we provided our full web-based monitoring platform free of charge for a limited period of time after which the customer could elect whether to continue and receive a basic service for free or subscribe for a full line of services. Revenues associated with our web-based monitoring platform were recognized ratably over the term of 18 to 36 months (the free of charge period) and revenues associated with the basic functionality were recognized ratably over 25 years. Since May 2013, we have provided our full web-based monitoring platform free of charge and revenues associated with the service since that date are being recognized ratably over 25 years. In the absence of vendor-specific objective evidence or third party comparable pricing for such service, management determines the revenue levels of this service based on the costs associated with providing the service plus appropriate margins that reflect management's best estimate of the selling price. Since May 2013, these revenues were minimal and we do not expect this to become a significant source of revenue in the near future.

Product Warranty

          We provide a standard limited product warranty against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service conditions. Our standard warranty period is 25 years for our power optimizers and 12 years for our inverters. In certain cases, customers can purchase extended warranties for inverters that increase the warranty period to 25 years.

66

---

Table of Contents

          Our products are designed to meet the warranty periods and our reliability procedures cover component selection, design, accelerated life cycle tests and end of manufacturing line testing. However, since our history in selling power optimizers and inverters is substantially shorter than the warranty period, the calculation of warranty provisions is inherently uncertain.

          We accrue for estimated warranty costs at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical warranty claims experience. Warranty provisions are computed on a per-unit sold basis, are based on our best estimate of such costs and are included in our cost of revenues. The warranty obligation is determined based on actual and predicted failure rates of the products, cost of replacement and service and delivery costs incurred to correct a product failure. Our warranty obligation requires management to make assumptions regarding estimated failure rates and replacement costs.

          In order to predict the failure rate of each of our products, we have established a reliability model based on the estimated mean time between failures ("MTBF"). The MTBF represents the average elapsed time predicted for each product unit between failures during operation. Applying the MTBF failure rate over our install base for each product type and generation allows us to predict the number of failed units over the warranty period and estimates the costs associated with the product warranty. Predicted failure rates are updated periodically based on data returned from the field and new product versions, as are replacement costs which are updated to reflect changes in our actual production costs for our products, labor costs and actual logistics costs.

          Since the MTBF model does not take into account additional non-systematic failures such as failures caused by workmanship or manufacturing or design-related issues, and since warranty claims are at times opened for cases in which the error has been triggered by an improper installation, we have developed a supplemental model to predict such cases and recognize the associated expenses ratably over the expected claim period. This model, which is based on actual root cause analysis of returned products, identification of the causes of claims and time until each identified problem is revealed, allows us to better predict actual warranty expenses and is updated periodically based on our experience, taking into account the installed base of approximately 4.5 million power optimizers and approximately 201,000 inverters as of December 31, 2014.

          If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments may be required in the future, which could adversely affect our gross profit and results of operations. Warranty obligations are classified as short term and long term warranty obligations based on the period in which the warranty is expected to be claimed. The warranty provision (short and long term) was $6.5 million, $10.4 million and $18.2 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and was $15.6 million and $24.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Inventory Valuation

          Our inventories comprise sellable finished goods, raw materials bought on behalf of our contract manufacturers and faulty units returned under our warranty policy.

          Sellable finished goods and raw material inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, based on the moving average cost method. Certain factors could affect the realizable value of our inventories, including market and economic conditions, technological changes, existing product changes (mainly due to cost reduction activities) and new product introductions. We consider historic usage, expected demand, anticipated sales price, the effect of new product introductions, product obsolescence, product merchantability and other factors when evaluating the value of inventories. Inventory write-downs are equal to the difference between the cost of inventories and their estimated fair market value. Inventory write-downs are recorded as cost of revenues in the accompanying statements of operations and were $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $1.1 million in fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and were $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

67

---

Table of Contents

          Faulty products returned under our warranty policy are often refurbished and used as replacement units in warranty cases. As we do not yet have sufficient history of refurbish utilization rates, such products are written off upon receipt.

          We do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions that we use to record inventory at the lower of cost or market. However, if estimates regarding customer demand are inaccurate or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses that could be material.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

          We account for stock-based compensation granted to employees, non-employee directors and independent contractors in accordance with ASC 718, "Compensation — Stock Compensation" and ASC 505-50, "Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees," which require the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards based on fair value.

          The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, is recognized using a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally four years. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-vesting forfeitures.

Key Assumptions

          The Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

•

Fair value of our common stock.  Because our stock has not been publicly traded prior to this offering, we have estimated the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in " — Common Stock Valuations" below. Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be valued by reference to the trading price of our common stock in the public market.



•

Expected term.  The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. For stock option awards that were at the money when granted, we have based our expected term on the simplified method available under SAB 110, as we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted. For stock-option awards that were in the money when granted, we use an expected term that we believe is appropriate under these circumstances, which is not materially different than determining the expected term based on a lattice model.



•

Risk-free rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected terms of the options for each option group.



•

Dividend yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

68

---

Table of Contents

          If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes-Merton model change significantly, future stock-based compensation awards for employees may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

          The following table presents the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees during the periods presented:

          During the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we incurred a non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $513,000 and $780,000, respectively. During fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, we incurred a non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $842,000, $1,078,000 and $1,082,000, respectively. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual share-based compensation expense for employees and consultants recognized will likely increase.

Common Stock Valuations

          In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of our common stock at the grant date. We perform the valuation of our common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In order to value the common stock underlying all option grants, we determined our business equity value by taking a weighted combination of the value indications using two valuation approaches: an income approach and a market approach.

          Valuation models employed in determining our enterprise value require the input of highly subjective assumptions. In determining enterprise value under the income approach, a discount rate is applied to the estimated future net cash flows of a company to derive a single present value of the enterprise. The discounted cash flow model used to calculate our enterprise value included, among others, the following assumptions: projections of revenues and expenses and related cash flows based on assumed long-term growth rates and demand trends; expected future investments to grow our business; and an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate. The market approach estimates the fair value of our Company by applying market multiples of the corresponding financial metrics of publicly traded firms in similar lines of business to our historical and/or projected financial metrics. We selected comparable companies based on factors such as business similarity, financial risk, company size and geographic markets. In applying this method, valuation multiples were: (i) derived from historical operating data of the selected comparable entities; (ii) evaluated and/or adjusted based on our strengths and weaknesses relative to the comparable entities and (iii) applied to our operating data to arrive at a value indication.

          Enterprise value, adjusted for cash and debt, was allocated to the shares of convertible preferred stock, warrants, options and shares of common stock using an option pricing method or a probability-weighted estimated return method ("PWERM"), depending on our stage of development. The option pricing method treats convertible preferred stock, warrants, options and shares of common stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, and uses the

69

---

Table of Contents

Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities' fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and requires the use of assumptions such as the anticipated holding period and the estimated volatility of the equity securities. Under the PWERM, the value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various scenarios and potential future expected outcomes (e.g., an initial public offering, a merger or sale, continuing as a private company, or dissolution with no value to common stockholders). Enterprise value is allocated to convertible preferred stock, warrants, options and shares of common stock based on the rights and characteristics of each equity instrument. The resulting share value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns.

          We granted the following stock option awards to employees and non-employee consultants between July 1, 2011 and the date of this prospectus:

          We believe we applied a reasonable valuation method to determine the stock option exercise prices on the respective stock option grant dates. We obtained retrospective independent third party valuations that were performed with respect to the fair value of our common stock as of October 18, 2011, June 30, 2012, December 31, 2012, June 30, 2013, December 31, 2013, July 14, 2014, October 28, 2014 and December 31, 2014. A combination of factors led to changes in the fair value of our common stock. Certain of the significant factors considered by the independent valuation specialist and affirmed by our board of directors to determine the fair value per share of

70

---

Table of Contents

our common stock for purposes of calculating stock-based compensation costs during this period included:

          July 2011 and September 2011 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $2.37 and $2.43, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from September 27, 2010 to October 18, 2011. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues and the Company's valuation as reflected in our series D investment pre-money valuation. Accordingly, we determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the two valuations to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          January 2012 and June 2012 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $2.70 and $3.06, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from October 18, 2011 to June 30, 2012. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues. There were no significant intervening events or conditions that were identified between October 18, 2011 and June 30, 2012. Accordingly, we determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the two valuations to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For June 30, 2012, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.06 per share. As part of this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for June 30, 2012, which included the following key assumptions:

•

The Company's equity fair value based on a weighted income approach and market approach of $157.4 million;



•

Lack of marketability discount of 20.9%;



•

Expected term of 2 years representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 62.7%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.34%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 2 years as of the valuation date.

          July 2012, September 2012, and October 2012 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $2.97, $2.76 and $2.67, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from June 30, 2012 to December 31, 2012. Specifically, the decrease in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the decrease in our revenues. For June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, a general weakness in the solar sector, caused mainly by an overall decrease in feed-in tariffs across Europe, led to a sharp decline in revenues. Accordingly, we determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the two valuations to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For December 31, 2012, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $2.46 per share. As part of this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for December 31, 2012, which included the following key assumptions:

•

The Company's equity fair value based on a weighted income approach and market approach of $144.5 million, a decrease of $12.9 million from our prior valuation as of June 30, 2012;

71

---

Table of Contents

•

Lack of marketability discount of 19.3%;



•

Expected term of 2 years, representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 58.3%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.36%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 2 years as of the valuation date.

          January 2013 and April 2013 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $2.64 and $3.15, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from December 31, 2012 to June 30, 2013. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues, better visibility into the second half of 2013 and penetration of the U.S. market. Accordingly, we determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the two valuations to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For June 30, 2013, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.51 per share. As part of this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for June 30, 2013, which included the following key assumptions:

•

The Company's equity fair value based on a weighted income approach and market approach of $188.1 million, an increase of $43.6 million from our prior valuation as of December 31, 2012;



•

Lack of marketability discount of 28.5%;



•

Expected term of 1.5 years representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 55.8%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.30%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 1.5 years as of the valuation date.

          July 2013 and October 2013 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $3.54 and $3.66, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from June 30, 2013 to December 31, 2013. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues in these specific quarters and improvement in the solar sector as a whole. There were no significant intervening events or conditions that were identified between June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013. Accordingly, we determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the two valuations to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For December 31, 2013, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.72 per share. As part of this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for December 31, 2013, which included the following key assumptions:

•

The Company's equity fair value based on a weighted income approach and market approach of $190.1 million, an increase of $2.0 million from our prior valuation as of June 30, 2013;



•

Lack of marketability discount of 25.6%;

72

---

Table of Contents

•

Expected term of 1.25 years representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 53.0%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.20%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 1.25 years as of the valuation date.

          January 2014 and May 2014 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $3.75 and $3.87, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from December 31, 2013 to July 14, 2014. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues. In July 2014, the Company accepted a term sheet for an investment in the Company's shares from an outside investor which served as a basis for a third party valuation as of July 14, 2014. Accordingly, we determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the two valuations to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For July 14, 2014, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.93 per share. As part of this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for July 14, 2014, which included the following key assumptions:

•

Application of the PWERM, assuming 40% probability of an initial public offering of our common stock and a 60% probability of merger or sale;



•

Lack of marketability discount of 27.3%;



•

Expected term of 1.21 years representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 45.0%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.09%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 1.21 years as of the valuation date.

          September 2014 and October 2014 grants.    Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply values of $4.63 and $4.98, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from July 14, 2014 to October 28, 2014. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues and business performance in our key markets. We determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the external valuation for July 14, 2014 and a second external valuation for October 28, 2014 to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For October 29, 2014, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $4.98 per share. In connection with this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for October 28, 2014, which included the following key assumptions:

•

Application of the PWERM, assuming 50% probability of an initial public offering of our common stock and a 50% probability of merger or sale;



•

Lack of marketability discount of 24.6%;



•

Expected term of 0.92 years representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 47.0%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.12%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 0.92 years as of the valuation date.

73

---

Table of Contents

          In addition, our board considered (1) our preparations for an initial public offering of our common stock with investment banks and, as a result, an increase in the probability of the initial public offering scenario from 40% to 50%; (2) a firm value derived from an initial public offering scenario based on comparable companies and (3) the consistent increase in our operating and financial performance.

          December 2014 grants.    On December 17, 2014, our board granted 168,975 stock option awards to certain employees, and on December 22, 2014, our board granted 777,253 stock option awards to our Chief Executive Officer, Guy Sella. Our board concluded that the continued development of our business made it appropriate to apply a value of $8.45 and $8.80, respectively, to our common stock, based upon a straight line interpolation between the concluded fair values from October 28, 2014 to December 31, 2014. Specifically, the increase in our common stock value between these dates was consistent with the increase in our revenues and business performance in our key markets. We determined that the reasonable approach was to take the estimated fair value based on the linear progression of the external valuation for December 31, 2014 to reflect the ongoing growth and value of our business.

          For December 31, 2014, our board determined the fair value of our common stock to be $9.42 per share. In connection with this determination, our board considered an independent third party valuation, conducted for December 31, 2014, which included the following key assumptions:

•

Application of the PWERM, assuming 50% probability of an initial public offering of our common stock and a 50% probability of merger or sale;



•

Lack of marketability discount of 16.6%;



•

Expected term of 0.75 years representing the period starting on the valuation date and ending on an expected liquidation event date;



•

Expected volatility of 54.5%, based on the average volatility of comparable companies; and



•

Risk-free rate of 0.24%, based on U.S. treasury constant maturities with a time to maturity of 0.75 years as of the valuation date.

          January 2015 grants.    On January 28, 2015, our board granted 133,326 stock option awards to certain employees. Our board is currently in the process of determining the fair value of our common stock in relation to the January 2015 grants. Our board plans to consider an independent third party valuation in connection with this determination.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

          We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, customer concentrations and interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

          Approximately 80% and 44% of our revenues for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, respectively, were earned in non-U.S. dollar denominated currencies, principally the Euro and British pound sterling. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, primarily the U.S. dollar and New Israeli Shekel, and to a lesser extent the Euro and British pound sterling. Our New Israeli Shekel-denominated expenses consist primarily of personnel and overhead costs. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due

74

---

Table of Contents

to changes in foreign exchange rates. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates between the Euro and the U.S. dollar would have an immaterial effect on our fiscal 2014 net losses as a result of our foreign currency hedging transactions discussed below. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates between the New Israeli Shekel and the U.S. dollar would have an immaterial effect on our fiscal 2014 net losses.

          For purposes of our consolidated financial statements, local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of exchange to the U.S. dollar on the balance sheet date and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at the exchange rate as of the date of the transaction or at the average exchange rate to the U.S. dollar during the reporting period.

          To date, we have used derivative financial instruments, specifically foreign currency forward contracts, to manage exposure to foreign currency risks by hedging a portion of our account receivable balances denominated in Euros expected to be paid within six months. Our foreign currency forward contracts are expected to mitigate exchange rate changes related to the hedged assets. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

          We had cash and cash equivalents of $13.1 million, $9.8 million and $23.8 million at June 30, 2013 June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Since most of our cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollar-denominated money market funds, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents do not have any material exposure to changes in exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

          As of March 10, we had approximately $5.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our $40 million revolving line of credit with SVB. Interest on borrowings under the $40 million revolving line of credit accrues at SVB's prime rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 2.0%. The average interest rate on our outstanding borrowings for fiscal 2014 was 4.9%. Based on outstanding borrowings of $5.0 million as of March 10, 2015, a 10% increase in the interest rate on these borrowings would increase interest expense by approximately $18,750 on an annual basis.

Concentrations of Major Customers

          Our trade accounts receivables potentially expose us to a concentration of credit risk with our major customers. For fiscal 2014, one major customer accounted for 19.1% of total revenues, and as of June 30, 2014 this same customer accounted for approximately 31% of our consolidated trade receivables balance. We currently do not foresee a credit risk associated with these receivables. In fiscal 2013, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues and in fiscal 2012, one customer accounted for 11.9% of total revenues.

Inflation

          We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Commodity Price Risk

          We are subject to risk from fluctuating market prices of certain commodity raw materials, including copper, that are used in our products. Prices of these raw materials may be affected by supply restrictions or other market factors from time to time, and we do not enter into hedging arrangements to mitigate commodity risk. Significant price changes for these raw materials could reduce our operating margins if we are unable to recover such increases from our customers, and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

75

---

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Cost of Electricity Continues to Increase

          Global electricity consumption increased from 15,626 terawatt-hours ("TWh") in 2005 to 19,443 TWh in 2012, representing a CAGR of 3.2%, according to Enerdata sas. Growth in demand, combined with the retirement of aging electricity generation facilities, has forced utilities and governments to invest significant resources in increasing electricity production capacity. This investment, together with increased regulation of power plant emissions, has caused a steady increase in the price of electricity for the end consumer. For example, the Energy Information Administration reports that the average price of retail electricity in the U.S. increased from 2005 through 2012 at a CAGR of 2.8%. Similarly, Eurostat reports that European residential electricity prices increased from 2005 through 2012 at a CAGR of 4.0%.

          As electricity costs have continued to rise together with environmental concerns regarding traditional methods of producing electricity, consumers across the world have turned to renewable energy as a viable alternative source of electricity generation. According to the American Council on Renewable Energy ("ACORE"), renewable energy has become "a technology of choice" in the U.S., accounting for nearly 40% of all domestic electricity generation capacity installed in 2013. ACORE reports that solar accounted for 29% of all new renewable electricity generation capacity installed in the U.S. in 2013, rising from 10% in 2012, and in 2013 solar was the second-largest source of new electricity generating capacity behind natural gas.

Solar Is Reaching Grid Parity

          While grid electricity prices have continued to increase, the cost of electricity generated from solar PV systems, often measured by the levelized cost of electricity ("LCOE"), has continued to decline rapidly, driven by improvements in solar PV technology and continued declines in equipment and financing costs. Additionally, unlike traditional sources of electricity generation, solar PV has no feedstock cost. These factors have brought solar PV power to "grid parity" in a number of markets, meaning that LCOE is at or less than the retail cost of grid electricity in the applicable market. Retail grid parity has been achieved as of 2012 in a number of significant markets including Australia, Brazil, Denmark, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands and Spain (according to Bloomberg New Energy Finance).

          The chart below illustrates the 2012 residential LCOE curve for solar as well as the projected 2015 residential LCOE curve which shows projected future reductions in the LCOE for solar. As illustrated by the chart, areas with high irradiance are associated with a lower LCOE, while areas with low irradiance are associated with a higher LCOE. National residential markets are plotted according to local irradiance and local retail electricity prices, with estimated residential market potential indicated by relatively sized circles. Countries shown at or above the 2012 LCOE curve,

76

---

Table of Contents

such as Australia, Brazil, Denmark, Germany, Italy and Spain, were already at grid parity as of 2012, while certain others are expected to come into grid parity as the LCOE curve moves lower.

---

Note: LCOE based on 6% weighted average cost of capital, 0.7%/year module degradation, 1% capex as O&M annually. $2.65/W capex assumed for 2012, $2/W for 2015.

Source: Bloomberg New Energy Finance

Solar Energy is a Large and Growing Market

          According to IHS Inc. ("IHS"), annual installed capacity of the global solar market is expected to grow from 34.6 GW in 2013 to 59.6 GW in 2017, representing a CAGR of 14.6%. Growth in PV inverter installations in key residential markets like the U.S. and China is expected to remain strong with expected CAGRs of 19.0% and 11.3%, respectively, during the same period, according to IHS, while at the same time, PV inverter installations in Europe, where several governments have scaled back their solar PV incentive programs under austerity measures adopted in response to the Eurozone economic crisis, are expected to grow from 10.3 GW in 2013 to 11.7 GW in 2017, representing a CAGR of 3.4%. In 2014, global solar PV market growth is expected to be driven in large part from Asia and North America, with China, Japan and the U.S. becoming the top three solar PV markets globally by newly installed capacity.

77

---

Table of Contents

          The chart below illustrates the aggregate new installed solar capacity in 2013 and expected growth from 2014 through 2017, for some of the key markets for solar PV.

Newly Installed Solar Capacity by Country

---

Source: IHS PV Inverters Report 2014

          The solar energy market consists of three primary on-grid solar markets:

•

Residential.  Distributed solar PV systems for residential buildings; typically roof-mounted deployments smaller than 15 kilowatts (kW).



•

Commercial.  Distributed systems for commercial buildings; typically medium-sized roof-mounted deployments between 15 kW to 10 megawatts (MW).



•

Utility-Scale.  Centralized large-scale installations owned and operated by utilities; typically ground-mounted deployments larger than 10 MW.

          The North American solar energy market is expected to grow significantly over the next several years. According to IHS, the entire U.S. installed capacity, which was less than 4.6 GW in 2013, is expected to grow to 6.3 GW by 2017, with U.S. residential solar installations expected to increase in aggregate capacity from 655 MW to 1,315 MW in the same period, representing a CAGR of 19.0%. According to ACORE, as of the beginning of 2014, more solar PV systems had been installed in the U.S. (by MW) in the last eighteen months than in the prior 30 years.

78

---

Table of Contents

          The graph below illustrates the aggregate installed capacity of residential, commercial and utility-scale grid-connected solar PV installations in the U.S. in 2013 and expected growth from 2014 through 2017.

U.S. Newly Installed Solar PV Capacity by Market Type

---

Source: IHS PV Inverters Report 2014

Emergence and Growth of Module-Level Power Electronics

          A solar PV system consists of PV modules, which produce direct current ("DC") power when exposed to sunlight; an inverter, which transforms the DC power into alternating current ("AC") power that is required by the electricity grid; and associated cabling, fuse boxes and mounting hardware. Traditionally, solar PV systems connected strings of solar PV modules to one or more inverters for this energy conversion. According to IHS, the global inverter market accounted for approximately $6.9 billion in revenues in 2013 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.1% to reach approximately $7.8 billion in revenues in 2017.

          In recent years, advanced system architectures have achieved rapid adoption in solar PV installations. These systems use module-level power electronics ("MLPE"), such as power optimizers and microinverters, to monitor and optimize power output from the individual PV modules, and consequently are able to address problems relating to energy loss, design complexities and safety associated with traditional inverter systems. Microinverters place a dedicated inverter at each solar PV module while power optimizers generally use a central inverter in combination with a module-level DC optimizer.

79

---

Table of Contents

          The illustrations below depict certain key differences between traditional, microinverter and SolarEdge system architectures.

          The MLPE market is composed of companies producing power optimizers and companies producing microinverters.

80

---

Table of Contents

          Shipments of MLPE are expected to double from 2012 through 2014, and these technologies were used in 59% of the residential installations in the U.S. in 2013. According to GTM Research, the MLPE market is expected to grow from approximately 1 GW of annual installed capacity globally in 2013 to approximately 5 GW in 2017, representing a CAGR of 46.0%. DC optimizers are expected to account for 57% of the cumulative MLPE market (as measured by MW capacity shipped) between 2013 and 2017, with shipments expected to grow at a 47.6% CAGR, over the same time period. As shown in the graph below, the market share of power optimizers by MW is expected to continue to increase on both an absolute and relative basis. In particular, in North America, power optimizer penetration of the solar PV market (as measured by MW capacity) is expected to increase from approximately 4% as of 2013 to approximately 14% as of 2017, according to GTM Research.

Global MLPE Shipments (MW) by Technology

---

Source: GTM Research

          As the market share of MLPE increases, shipments of DC optimizers are expected to grow at a rate outpacing that of microinverters. Microinverters are suited primarily for residential applications, while economies of scale render DC optimizers economically viable for large commercial and utility installations. In addition, microinverter architectures present significant implementation challenges for compliance with new grid codes, adding cost and complexity.

81

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

          We have invented an intelligent inverter solution that has changed the way power is harvested and managed in a solar PV system. Our DC optimized inverter system maximizes power generation at the individual PV module level while lowering the cost of energy produced by the solar PV system and providing comprehensive and advanced safety features. Our system consists of our power optimizers, inverters and cloud-based monitoring platform and addresses a broad range of solar market segments, from residential solar installations to commercial and small utility-scale solar installations. Since we began commercial shipments in 2010, we have shipped approximately 1.3 GW of our DC optimized inverter systems and our products have been installed in solar PV systems in 73 countries.

          Historically, the solar PV industry used traditional string and central inverter architectures to harvest PV solar power. However, traditional inverter architectures result in energy losses as well as systemic challenges in design flexibility, safety and monitoring. More recently, microinverter technology was introduced in an attempt to resolve these challenges, but this technology has certain inherent limitations. We believe that our DC optimized inverter system, consisting of an inverter and distributed power optimizers, best addresses all of these challenges.

          Our system allows for superior power harvesting and module management by deploying power optimizers at each PV module while maintaining a competitive system cost by keeping the AC inversion and grid interaction centralized using a simplified DC-AC inverter. The entire system is monitored through our cloud-based monitoring platform that enables reduced system operation and maintenance ("O&M") costs. Our system enables each PV module to operate at its own maximum power point ("MPP"), rather than a system-wide average, enabling dynamic response to real-world conditions, such as atmospheric conditions, PV module aging, soiling and shading and offering improved energy yield relative to traditional inverter systems. In addition to higher efficiency, our system's installed cost per watt is competitive with traditional inverter systems of leading manufacturers and generally lower than comparable microinverter systems of leading manufacturers. Furthermore, our architecture allows for complex rooftop system designs and enhanced safety and reliability. Our technology and system architecture are protected by 39 awarded patents and 136 patent applications filed worldwide.

          We primarily sell our products directly to large solar installers and engineering, procurement and construction firms ("EPCs") and indirectly to thousands of smaller solar installers through large distributors and electrical equipment wholesalers. Our customers include leading providers of solar PV systems to residential and commercial end users such as SolarCity, SunRun Inc. and Vivint Solar, Inc. We sell to key solar distributors and electrical equipment wholesalers such as AliusEnergy BV, Krannich, Segen Ltd. and Soligent Distribution, LLC. We also sell our power optimizers to several PV module manufacturers that offer PV modules with our power optimizer physically embedded into their modules.

          We were founded in 2006 and began commercial shipments in 2010. As of February 28, 2015, we have shipped approximately 5.1 million power optimizers and 222,000 inverters. Approximately 100,000 installations, many of which may include multiple inverters, are currently connected to, and monitored through, our cloud-based monitoring platform. Our revenue grew from $79.0 million in fiscal 2013 to $133.2 million in fiscal 2014. Our revenue grew from $58.1 million in the first six months of fiscal 2014 to $140.3 million in the first six months of fiscal 2015. Our gross margin increased from 5.6% in fiscal 2013 to 16.5% in fiscal 2014, and increased from 12.1% in the first six months of fiscal 2014 to 21.3% in the first six months of fiscal 2015. However, although our net income and cash flow from operating activity were positive for the six months ended December 31, 2014, we have a history of losses and negative cash flow from operating activity, including an accumulated deficit of $135.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and incurred net losses of $28.2 million in fiscal 2013 and $21.4 million in fiscal 2014. Net income for the first six months of

82

---

Table of Contents

fiscal 2015 was $5.9 million, compared with a net loss of $13.1 million in the first six months of fiscal 2014.

Market Opportunity

          As discussed in "Industry Overview", favorable market conditions are expected to drive annual installed capacity of the global solar market to grow from 34.6 GW in 2013 to 59.6 GW in 2017, representing a CAGR of 14.6%. Growth in PV inverter installations in key residential markets like the U.S. and China is expected to remain strong with expected CAGRs of 19.0% and 11.3%, respectively, during the same period, according to IHS. According to IHS, the global inverter market accounted for approximately $6.9 billion in revenues in 2013 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 3.1% to reach approximately $7.8 billion in revenues in 2017.

          Within the global solar market, shipments of MLPE, such as our power optimizers, are expected to double from 2012 through 2014. In 2013, these technologies were used in 59% of the residential installations in the U.S., one of our largest markets. Although the solar industry has historically been cyclical and has experienced periodic downturns, including downward pricing pressure for PV modules, mainly as a result of overproduction, ongoing growth in the solar industry, combined with this accelerating transition within the industry to MLPE, is driving significant growth in the MLPE market that is significantly outpacing the overall industry growth. According to GTM Research, annual global shipments of MLPE are expected to grow from approximately 1 GW of annual installed capacity globally in 2013 to approximately 5 GW in 2017, representing a CAGR of 46.0%, and translating to approximately $1 billion in industry revenue in 2017. DC optimizers are expected to account for 57% of the cumulative MLPE market (as measured by MW capacity shipped) between 2013 and 2017, with market share expected to grow at a 47.6% CAGR over the same time period.

Limitations of Existing Technologies

          A solar PV system consists of PV modules, which produce direct current ("DC") power when exposed to sunlight; an inverter, which transforms the DC power into alternating current ("AC") power that is required by the electricity grid; and associated cabling, fuse boxes and mounting hardware. Traditionally, solar PV systems connected strings of solar PV modules to one or more inverters for this energy conversion.

          Traditional inverter architecture still constitutes the vast majority of the market, especially for larger commercial and utility installations. However, traditional inverter architecture suffers from significant inefficiencies leading to suboptimal power generation. These challenges include:

•

Module mismatch.  Traditional inverter systems are unable to consistently produce maximum energy from PV modules. Each PV module in a system has a unique power production profile driven by differences in manufacturing and installation parameters. The architecture of traditional inverter systems does not allow each PV module to operate at its unique MPP. When PV modules are wired in series in a traditional inverter architecture, the entire string's output is reduced, sometimes correlated directly to the output of the lowest-performing PV module on the string. Output reduction can result from subtle variations in PV module composition, atmospheric conditions, soiling, individual PV module locations and orientations, or varying levels of PV module degradation over time. These module mismatch issues typically reduce the potential power output of a traditional solar PV system by 3-5%.



•

Partial shading.  Many real-world factors can cause a subset of the PV modules in a system to be partially shaded, which can significantly affect the power output of the entire string. For instance, electric wires, a chimney or even adjacent solar panels may cast a shadow during particular hours of the day, or debris may accumulate. This partial shading reduces the yield of a traditional solar PV system by decreasing, or in extreme cases eliminating,

83

---

Table of Contents

power output from the shaded modules. Overall losses to system production can range from small to substantial.

•

Dynamic maximum power point tracking loss.  The MPP of a PV module shifts constantly throughout the day as a result of atmospheric conditions. A traditional inverter system's inability to coordinate output on a module-by-module basis makes it difficult for the system to respond dynamically to the shifting MPP. This inability to respond to the shifting MPP can reduce the potential power output of a traditional solar PV system by 3-10%.

          In addition to power losses, the traditional inverter architecture also has system design, installation and operational challenges, including:

•

Rooftop system design complexities.  A traditional inverter system requires each string to be of the same length, use the same type of PV modules and be positioned at the same angle toward the sun. Consequently, rooftop asymmetries and obstructions result in either wasted roof space or inefficient duplication of system components.



•

Safety hazards.  Traditional inverter systems cannot shut down the DC output voltage at the PV module level. The DC cables from these modules carry high voltages as long as the sun is shining, even when the traditional inverter or the grid connection has been shut down. This poses serious risks to installers, fire fighters and anyone else who performs work on or around the installation. Such safety hazards have recently prompted heightened safety installation and operation procedures and regulations in a growing number of geographies, compliance with which increases the cost of traditional PV systems.



•

No module level monitoring.  A traditional inverter system cannot track power output, temperature or any other attribute of a single PV module. Consequently, a system operator cannot perform remote diagnostics, track performance of PV system components or receive alerts about individual PV module status, and may be unaware of specific module-level problems or breakdowns.

          The first generation of MLPE was the microinverter. This technology scaled down the traditional inverter to a size and power appropriate to a single PV module. By creating control and monitoring at the module level, microinverters solved certain challenges of the traditional inverter system architecture. However, microinverter architecture has its own limitations, such as:

•

Higher initial cost per watt and limited economies of scale.  Microinverters perform all the functionality of the traditional inverter, but at each PV module, and consequently a microinverter system has a significantly higher initial upfront cost of components relative to traditional inverter architecture. In addition, as every PV module must have its own microinverter, the cost per watt of a microinverter system does not decrease with scale. As such, microinverters are generally more expensive than traditional inverter systems on a cost per watt basis for residential installations and not economically viable for large commercial and utility installations.



•

Grid Code Compliance.  With the growing penetration of solar energy, many utilities in individual U.S. states and Europe have adopted new sets of grid codes to preserve the stability of the electric grid. These grid codes require solar PV inverters to respond dynamically to variances in grid-wide voltage, which typically requires inverter hardware and software to be reengineered. The microinverter faces significant implementation challenges in complying with many of these new grid codes primarily due to its small size. In most cases, adaptation to these new grid codes would require added costs and complexities, limiting the ability of microinverters to address some markets.

84

---

Table of Contents

The SolarEdge Solution

          Our DC optimized inverter system maximizes power generation at the individual PV module level while lowering the cost of energy produced by the solar PV system and providing comprehensive and advanced safety features. Our solution consists of our power optimizers, inverters and cloud-based monitoring platform. Our solution addresses a broad range of solar market segments, from residential solar installations to commercial and small utility-scale solar installations.

          The key benefits of our solution include:

•

Maximized PV module power output.  Our power optimizers provide module-level MPP tracking and real-time adjustments of current and voltage to the optimal working point of each individual PV module. This enables each PV module to continuously produce its maximum power potential independent of other modules in the same string, thus minimizing module mismatch and partial shading losses. By performing these adjustments at a very high rate, our power optimizers also solve the dynamic MPP losses associated with traditional inverters. Independent testing from Photon Laboratories as well as tests performed by PV Evolution Labs according to the National Renewable Energy Laboratory shade test have confirmed that our technology provides power harvesting that is superior to traditional inverter systems.



•

Optimized architecture with economies of scale.  Our system shifts certain functions of the traditional inverter to our power optimizers while keeping the DC to AC function and grid interaction in our inverter. As a result, our inverter is smaller, more efficient, more reliable and less expensive. The cost savings that we have achieved on the inverter enable our system to be priced at a cost per watt that is comparable with traditional inverter systems of leading manufacturers. As a PV system grows in size, our inverter benefits from economies of scale, making our technology viable for large commercial and utility-scale applications.



•

Enhanced system design flexibility.  Unlike a traditional inverter system that requires each string to be the same length, use the same type of PV modules and be positioned at the

85

---

Table of Contents

same angle toward the sun, our system allows significant design flexibility by enabling the installer to place PV modules in uneven string lengths and on multiple roof facets. This design flexibility:

•

increases the amount of the available roof that can be utilized for power production. Unlike traditional inverter systems, our system does not require each string to be the same length, use the same type of PV modules or be positioned at the same angle toward the sun. As a result, our system is significantly less prone to wasted roof space resulting from rooftop asymmetries and obstructions.



•

reduces the number of field change orders. For example, some installers use remote tools to estimate the size and configuration of an installation in connection with the customer acquisition process. This is especially common for high-volume residential arrays, where an exhaustive survey of rooftop obstructions would be uneconomical. In some cases, installers discover that their preliminary design, based on remote tools, cannot be implemented due to unexpected shading or other obstructions. With traditional inverter system designs, an obstructed module may require a significant system redesign and a modification of the customer contract to take into account the changed system design. Our DC optimized inverter solution enables an installer to compensate or adjust for most obstructions without materially changing the original design or requiring a modification to the customer contract.



•

Reduced balance of system costs.  Our DC optimized inverter system allows significantly longer strings to be connected to the same inverter (as compared to a traditional inverter system). This minimizes the cost of cabling, fuse boxes and other ancillary electric components. These factors together result in easier installation with shorter design times and a lower initial cost per watt, while enabling larger installations per rooftop. GTM Research estimates that the costs for electrical BoS components can be 30% to 40% lower for an MLPE system when compared with a traditional inverter system. We estimate that our DC optimized inverter system provides BoS cost reductions between $0.02 and $0.05 per watt in residential installations with even higher savings in commercial installations. The Solvida Energy Group, Inc. analyzed the DC and AC electrical BoS costs for a 500 kW commercial rooftop solar PV system, comparing the costs of installation and labor for traditional inverter systems and our DC optimized inverter system. The results indicated a 30% to 50% reduction in BoS cost for our DC optimized inverter system as compared to a traditional inverter system.



•

Continuous monitoring and control to reduce operation and maintenance costs.  Our cloud-based monitoring platform provides full data visibility at the module level, string level, inverter level and system level. The data can be accessed remotely by any web-enabled device, allowing comprehensive analysis, immediate fault detection and alerts. These monitoring features reduce O&M costs for the system owner by identifying and locating faults, enabling remote testing and reducing field visits.



•

Enhanced safety.  We have incorporated module-level safety mechanisms in our system to protect installers, electricians and firefighters. Each power optimizer is configured to reduce output to 1 volt unless the power optimizer receives a fail-safe signal from a functioning inverter. As a result, if the inverter is shut down (e.g., for system maintenance, due to malfunction, in the event of a fire or otherwise), the DC voltage throughout the system is reduced to a safe level. In recent years, new safety standards have been introduced in the U.S. and in Europe that require or encourage the installation of safety measures such as these. Our DC optimized inverters comply with the applicable safety requirements of the areas in which they are sold, providing incremental cost savings to installers by eliminating the need for additional hardware such as DC breakers, switches or fire-proof ducts required by traditional inverter systems. For example, the 2014 U.S. National Electric Code on Rapid

86

---

Table of Contents

Shutdown requires a traditional inverter system to include roof DC breakers, which cost between $350 and $750 and can add an additional $0.03 to $0.10 per watt cost.

•

High reliability.  Solar PV systems are typically expected to operate for at least 25 years under harsh outdoor conditions. High reliability is critical and is facilitated by systems and components that have low heat generation, solid and stable materials, and an absence of moving parts. We have designed our system to meet these stringent requirements. Our power optimizers dissipate much less heat than microinverters because no DC-AC inversion occurs at the module level. As a result, less heat is dissipated beneath the PV module, which improves lifetime expectancy and reliability of our power optimizers. Our power optimizers' high switching frequency allows the use of ceramic capacitors with a low, fixed rate of aging and a proven life expectancy in excess of 25 years. Further, we use automotive-grade ASICs that embed many of the required electronics into the ASIC. This reduces the number of components and consequently the potential points of failure.

Our Competitive Strengths

          We believe the following strengths of our business distinguish us from our competitors, enhance our leadership position in MLPE and position us to capitalize on the expected continued growth in the solar PV market:

•

Innovative DC optimized inverter system enables superior results.  Our system offers significant design and operating benefits relative to traditional inverter architecture, including increased energy yield, design flexibility, enhanced safety and lower O&M costs throughout the life of the system. Our system also offers significant design and operating benefits relative to microinverter architecture, including a lower initial cost per watt, economies of scale for larger systems, broader module compatibility and higher reliability. This technological and system design superiority generates increased market opportunities across varying segments and geographies.



•

Industry leading solution in the fastest growing segment of the solar market.  We are a leader in the global MLPE market according to GTM Research, with strong brand and product recognition and a technologically superior solution. Our annual product sales have grown rapidly from approximately 8,400 inverters and 181,000 power optimizers in fiscal 2011, our first full fiscal year of commercial shipments, to annual product sales exceeding 61,000 inverters and 1.3 million power optimizers in fiscal 2014. According to GTM Research, our share of the United States residential market grew from 1.7% in 2012 to

87

---

Table of Contents

26.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. As our share of the MLPE market has continued to grow, we have also benefited from the overall growth of the MLPE market, which is expected to reach $1 billion in sales in 2017. The total inverter market, of which the MLPE market made up only 2.5% (as measured by MW capacity shipped) in 2013, is in the early stages of a larger transition to MLPE. We believe that our solution is best positioned to address this significant market opportunity.

•

Experienced technology team focused on continuous innovation.  We have successfully introduced three generations of power optimizers and two generations of inverters in less than six years, and plan to release new generations of power optimizers and inverters in the coming years. Our multidisciplinary team of engineers, with expertise across all relevant fields, including semiconductors, power electronics and software engineering, enables us to develop products rapidly, with designs optimized for efficient and automated manufacturing and superior reliability. Our research and development team is responsible for our portfolio of 39 awarded patents and 136 patent applications filed worldwide as of February 28, 2015, protecting our technology and system architecture. We believe that our combination of engineering and operational expertise will enable us to continue to increase functionality, compatibility and reliability while reducing the cost of our solution.



•

Established global sales channels anchored with top tier customers.  We sell our products directly to large installers and EPC contractors. We also reach thousands of smaller installers indirectly by selling to leading solar PV distributors and electrical equipment wholesalers to reach all segments of the residential and commercial markets. We also sell our power optimizers to several PV module manufacturers that offer PV modules with our power optimizer physically embedded into their modules. In fiscal 2014, we sold our products to approximately 200 direct customers in 38 countries and as of February 28, 2015, approximately 8,300 indirect customers had registered with us through our cloud-based monitoring platform. We support installers of our system by offering them the opportunity to integrate our monitoring and O&M capabilities with their operational and accounting functions, thereby enabling them to streamline their processes while lowering their costs through enhanced efficiencies and product integrations. We support our large distributor customers by providing lead generation assistance and direct relationships with installers which creates demand for our products from the large distributors who service these installers.



•

Strong management team.  Our founders and executive officers bring extensive multidisciplinary experience in technology and business. A significant portion of the management team's joint tenure extends well beyond the founding of SolarEdge, with our core founding group and our technology management team having worked together for more than 15 years. This introduces a level of stability that is a competitive advantage in our ability to attract a highly-talented pool of experienced engineers and seasoned industry professionals.

Our Strategy

          Our mission is to become the leading provider of intelligent inverter solutions across all solar PV market segments enabling the availability of cost-effective, clean, renewable solar energy worldwide. Key elements of our strategy include:

•

Continue to innovate and advance our solutions.  We invented the DC power optimized inverter system for PV modules. We intend to continue to innovate with respect to our inverters and power optimizers to develop new and enhanced technologies and solutions that will further enhance our leadership position. Our innovation also extends to our manufacturing processes, including the development of an automated assembly line for the manufacture of our power optimizers. We believe that our future technology will continue to

88

---

Table of Contents

significantly reduce cost and improve the intelligence and competitiveness of our offering. In addition, we believe that our investment in advanced manufacturing technologies will further improve quality and reliability while reducing cost. We plan to continue to introduce new generations of our technologies to increase the adoption of our DC optimized inverter systems worldwide.

•

Further penetrate our existing markets.  We intend to increase market share with our existing customers by offering application programming interfaces, for processes such as inventory management and billing integration, and expanding our services and training initiatives. We further intend to hire additional sales and marketing personnel focused on growing our new customer base in our existing markets. Over the last few years, we have made substantial investments in our technology to enable us to address the requirements of larger solar PV installations. We intend to continue to expand our product portfolio by developing inverters with the higher power ratings required by large commercial and utility-scale systems, reducing overall system cost and adding features to our cloud-based monitoring software.



•

Continue to grow our global presence.  To date, we have shipped approximately 1.3 GW of our DC optimized inverter systems. Our products are sold in approximately 38 countries, and are installed in solar PV systems in 73 countries. We plan to expand our global footprint and drive sales by ensuring the compatibility of our products with additional local grid codes, and further penetrating and growing our network of installers, distributors, wholesalers, EPCs and PV module manufacturers. For example, in Japan and Latin America, where we are focusing our newest expansion efforts, we have applied for certification and are in the process of developing modifications to our products to meet local grid requirements and regulations. We are implementing a detailed sales and marketing strategy and training programs to address the specific characteristics of new markets and are in the process of hiring professionals to execute these market strategies.



•

Leverage our technology to enter adjacent markets.  Our technology has other potential applications for the regulation and management of energy sources, such as energy storage. For example, our power optimizer can be used to maximize and stabilize battery storage systems, thereby improving system performance, life expectancy and safety. In addition, our cloud-based monitoring solution may in the future be used for smart grid applications, such as demand response and energy efficiency applications and home automation systems.

Our Economic Advantage

          Below we have presented levelized cost of energy ("LCOE") case studies for actual SolarEdge residential and commercial solar PV systems. The case studies present PVsyst simulated results for our solution as well as system architectures employing traditional string inverters and microinverters. In creating the case studies employing traditional string inverters and microinverters, we have made a number of assumptions and estimates based on our knowledge of industry practice with respect to the relative design, hardware, permit, installation, operation and maintenance costs of these alternative system architectures. Our assumptions and estimates involve uncertainties, are subject to change based on various factors and may or may not be consistent with actual results for these alternative system architectures, but represent, to the best of our knowledge, our understanding with respect to the cost attributes of these alternative system architectures as applied to these case studies . Accordingly, we believe the LCOE results presented are representative for the system sizes presented below and provide a reasonable illustration of the economic advantages of our solution relative to the alternative system architectures presented.

89

---

Table of Contents

LCOE

          LCOE analyses are generally used to evaluate the financial return of energy-generating systems, including solar PV systems. Both of the analyses set forth below incorporate the savings that result from solar energy production which offsets traditional energy costs, in addition to rebates and incentives. LCOE represents the ratio of the total lifetime cost of the system, which is the sum of the total upfront solar PV system cost plus the present value of the total lifetime cost of the system, to its total lifetime system energy harvest. In the residential and commercial systems presented, we believe that our system provides a lower LCOE as a result of its additional energy harvest and reduced electrical BoS and O&M costs relative to the alternative system architectures presented.

Residential Installation

90

---

Table of Contents

          The following LCOE analysis is of a 16-module, 4.16kW system installed in California in 2012 based on PVsyst simulations. Each residential system has its own unique physical and system characteristics which may result in a different LCOE comparison.

91

---

Table of Contents

Commercial Installation

          The following LCOE analysis is of a 390-module, 90kW system installed in Ontario, Canada in 2012 based on PVsyst simulations. Each commercial system has its own unique physical and system characteristics which may result in a different LCOE comparison.

92

---

Table of Contents

Our Products

          Our solution consists of a DC power optimizer, an inverter and monitoring platform that operate as a single integrated system:

          SolarEdge Power Optimizer.    Our DC power optimizer is a highly reliable and efficient DC-to-DC converter which is connected by installers to each PV module or embedded by PV module manufacturers into their modules as part of the manufacturing process. Our power optimizer increases energy output from the PV module to which it is connected by continuously tracking the MPP of each module and controlling its working point. The power optimizer's ability to track the MPP of each PV module and its ability to increase or decrease its output voltage, enables the inverter's input voltage to remain fixed under a large variety of string configurations. This feature enhances flexibility in PV system designs, enabling use of different string lengths in a single PV system connected to the same inverter, use of PV panels situated on multiple orientations connected to the same inverter and using varied PV module types in the same string. In addition, our power optimizers monitor the performance of each PV module and communicates this data to our inverter using our proprietary power line communication. In turn, the inverter transmits this information to our monitoring server. Each power optimizer is equipped with our proprietary safety mechanism which automatically reduces the output voltage of each power optimizer to 1V unless the power optimizer receives a fail-safe signal from a functioning inverter. As a result, if the inverter

93

---

Table of Contents

is shut down (e.g., for system maintenance, due to malfunction, in the event of a fire or otherwise), the DC voltage throughout the system is reduced to a safe level.

          Our power optimizers are designed to withstand high temperatures and harsh environmental conditions, and contain multiple bypass features that localize failures and enable continued system operation in the vast majority of cases of power optimizer failure. Our power optimizers are compatible with the vast majority of modules on the market today and carry a 25-year product warranty. Our power optimizers are designed to be used with our inverters as well as third party inverters to provide power optimization. Monitoring and safety features can also be achieved with third party inverters by adding supplemental communications hardware. During fiscal year 2012, 2013 and 2014, revenues derived from the sale of power optimizers represented 50.2%, 48.5% and 48.8% of total revenues, respectively.

          SolarEdge Inverter.    Our DC-to-AC inverters contain sophisticated digital control technology with efficient power conversion architecture resulting in superior solar power harvesting and high reliability and are designed to work exclusively with our DC power optimizers. A proprietary power line communication receiver is integrated into each inverter, receiving data from our power optimizers, storing this data and transmitting it to our monitoring server when an internet connection exists. Since each string which is equipped with our power optimizers provides fixed input voltage to our inverter, the inverter is able to operate at its highest efficiency at all times and therefore is more cost-efficient, energy efficient and reliable. Like our power optimizers, our inverters are designed to withstand harsh environmental conditions. Since the power rating of an inverter determines how many PV modules it can serve, larger installations require inverters with higher power ratings. We currently offer our second generation of inverters which come in two models: a one-phase inverter designed to address the residential market (2.2 kW to 11.4 kW) and a three-phase inverter designed to address the residential market in certain European countries and the commercial market (5 kW to 20 kW). We are also in the initial development stages of higher power inverters to further improve our value proposition for utility-scale systems, including a 33 kW inverter, which we expect to be available in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. Each of our inverters are sold with a 12-year warranty that is extendable to 20 or 25 years for an additional cost.

          During fiscal year 2012, 2013 and 2014, revenues derived from the sale of inverters represented 45.6%, 44.8% and 46.6% of total revenues, respectively.

          SolarEdge Monitoring Software.    Our cloud-based monitoring software collects power, voltage, current and system data sent from our inverters and power optimizers and allows users to view the data at the module level, string level, inverter level and system level from any browser or from most smart phones and tablets. The monitoring software continuously analyzes data and flags potential problems. The monitoring software includes features which are used on a routine basis by integrators, installers, maintenance staff, and system owners to improve a solar PV system's performance by maximizing solar power harvesting and reducing O&M costs by increasing system up-time and detecting PV module performance issues more effectively.

          Connection to the monitoring server is completed during installation by the installer. The installer then receives full access to system data through the monitoring software and can select the amount of data to be shared with the system owner.

Product Roadmap

          Our products reflect the innovation focus and capabilities of our technology departments. Our product roadmap is divided into four categories: power optimizers, inverters, storage and monitoring services.

94

---

Table of Contents

          Power optimizers.    We currently sell our third generation power optimizer which was designed for fully automated assembly and which is based on our third generation ASIC. A key element of our reliability strategy, and a significant differentiator relative to our competitors, is our use of proprietary ASICs to control, among other things, our power optimizer's power conversion, safety features, and PV module monitoring. Instead of using large numbers of discrete components, our power optimizer uses a single proprietary ASIC, thus reducing the total number of components in an electrical circuit and thereby improving reliability. We are in the final stages of testing our fourth generation ASIC and we expect to begin commercial shipments of our fourth generation power optimizers in 2015. In addition, we are also in the final stage of developing all the necessary subsystems for the fifth generation ASIC which will be used in our fifth generation power optimizer. Each new ASIC generation has reduced the number of components required and meaningfully improved the efficiency of the power optimizer. The efficiency improvement reduces the energy losses which in turn reduces the amount of heat dissipation. This enables design of a more cost effective and usually smaller enclosure and also keeps the electronics cooler, thereby improving the power optimizer's reliability.

          Inverters.    Our inverter roadmap is intended to serve three purposes: (i) expand addressable market by developing new and larger inverters designed specifically for larger commercial installations and utility-scale projects; (ii) improve the electronics to increase the total power throughput without changing the existing enclosure, thereby reducing the actual cost per watt and increasing economies of scale and (iii) improve ease of installation by integrating additional functionality required in certain installations in order to reduce costs of additional hardware and labor costs. For example, we recently integrated a revenue grade meter into our inverter. In addition, we are developing an ultra-high frequency inverter that is intended to bring significant efficiency improvements and thereby to reduce heat dissipation, enclosure size and cost as well as size and cost of passive components such as the main inductor and capacitors.

          Monitoring.    Our cloud-based monitoring server is continuously growing by the amount of data aggregated. We are continuously developing tools to accommodate our growth and further enhance our service offering. Specifically, we plan to increase data compression in order to enable support for a rapidly increasing number of field systems while using low-cost equipment. In addition, we plan to improve our reporting systems and enable users to obtain self-generated customized reports. We also expect to expand algorithms that detect and pinpoint problems that can affect power production in field systems. We further plan to add more capabilities through our public application program interface to allow users to build and integrate our system into their own systems and to allow users to build and share useful applications based on monitoring data gathered by our software.

          Storage.    The ability to efficiently store and manage electric energy is expected to further accelerate the growth of the global solar market. We believe that by optimizing each battery, we can improve the depth of charge and discharge as well as flexibility and longevity of battery bank life. We are in the initial development stages of technology based on our current system architecture and patents that includes a DC-based solution for optimizing battery storage systems. We believe that this solution, combined with energy efficiency functionality, will present a significant growth opportunity.

Sales and Marketing Strategy

          Since commencing sales activities in early 2010, our strategy has been to focus on markets where electricity prices, irradiance and government policies make solar PV installations economically viable. Today, our products have been installed in 73 countries, including the U.S.,

95

---

Table of Contents

Australia, Belgium, Canada, China, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Singapore and the United Kingdom.

          We target our sales and marketing efforts to the largest distributors, electrical equipment wholesalers, EPC contractors and installers in each of the countries where we operate. In the U.S., Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom and Australia, our products are carried and actively sold by most of the top solar PV distributors as well as the largest electrical distribution companies that are active in solar PV. We anticipate that an increasing percentage of solar PV equipment sales will also occur through electrical equipment wholesalers who sell to a broad range of electrical contractors, and we are focused on cultivating these global relationships. As of February 28, 2015, approximately 8,300 installers around the world have installed SolarEdge solar PV systems, including an average of 270 new installers per month since the beginning of 2014. We also sell our power optimizers to several PV module manufacturers that offer PV modules with our power optimizer physically embedded into their modules.

          Additionally, we have a number of programs focused on educating installers and other industry professionals about our technology, and we use a combination of road shows, webinars and partner trainings to show them how best to design, sell and implement our technology in their projects.

          Our sales strategy and the entrepreneurial culture of our Company have allowed us to react quickly to trends in the countries in which we sell our products. For example, in response to the abrupt cut in feed-in tariffs in Europe in 2012, we shifted our focus to the U.S. and ended fiscal 2014 with 48.5% of our revenues from the U.S., as compared to 7.6% in fiscal 2012.

Our Customers

          Our largest customer in fiscal 2014 was SolarCity, the largest independent solar power provider in the U.S. SolarCity accounted for 5.2% of our revenues in fiscal 2013 and 19.1% of our revenues in fiscal 2014. Krannich, headquartered in Germany, is the largest distributor of PV modules in the world and accounted for 7.8% of our revenues in fiscal 2013 and 2014. Other large customers include key solar distributors and electrical equipment wholesalers such as AliusEnergy BV, Segen Ltd., Soligent Distribution, LLC, affiliates of SunRun Inc. and Vivint Solar, Inc.

Training and Customer Support

          We offer our installer base a comprehensive package of customer support and training services which include pre-sales support, ongoing trainings, and technical support before, during, and after installation. We also provide customized support programs to PV module manufacturers, large installers and distributors to help prioritize and track support issues, thereby enabling short cycle times for issue resolution. In 2014, we conducted approximately 120 training events in 15 countries, with an aggregate of approximately 3,500 attendees.

          We offer a wide variety of training, including hands-on and on-demand video sessions and online product and training materials. We support our commercial system customers with design consulting throughout their sales process and installation. Our technical support organization includes local expert teams, call centers in California, Germany and Israel, and an online service portal. Our toll-free call centers are open Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. in every region in which we sell our products. In addition, customers can open and track support cases 24/7 utilizing our online portal. All support cases are monitored via a customer relationship management system in order to ensure service, track closure of all customer issues and further improve our customer service. Our call centers have access to our cloud-based monitoring platform database, which enables real-time remote diagnostics.

96

---

Table of Contents

          Customer service and satisfaction has been a key component of our business and we expect it to continue to be integral to our success in the future. We maintain high levels of customer engagement through our call centers in California, Germany and Israel. In addition to our call centers, we have field service engineers located in the geographies where we are active, and support our customers with commissioning of large projects, introduction of new technologies and features and on-the-job training of new installers. Our customer support and training organization consists of 42 employees worldwide.

Our Technology

          We have drawn on our expertise in the fields of power electronics, magnetic design, mechanical and heat dissipation capabilities, control loops and algorithms and power line communications to design and develop what we believe to be the most advanced solutions for harvesting power from solar PV systems. Our advanced technologies are explained in more detail below.

Power optimizers

          Our power optimizers are DC/DC step up/step down (buck-boost) converters designed and developed to operate in harsh outdoor environments at very high conversion efficiency. Our power optimizers include proprietary power electronics customized to efficiently convert power from the PV module to the inverter. The conversion topology and components are all designed for the power optimizer specifications and verified for consistent performance and reliability in numerous lab tests and simulations. We also design and utilize custom magnetic cores and windings to maximize the density of the power optimizer while maintaining optimal thermal performance.

          A key factor in the performance of our power optimizer is determined by the digital control algorithms and closed-loop mechanism. The power optimizer's control is built into our advanced ASIC which is responsible for all critical digital control functions of the power optimizer, including detailed power analysis, digital control of the power conversion subsystem and powerline communications and networking. Since each power optimizer handles the power and voltage of a single module, we are able to reach a high degree of semiconductor integration by leveraging low cost silicon in standard semiconductor packages. As a result, much of the functionality of our power optimizer can be integrated into a standard complementary metal-oxide semiconductor ASIC instead of discrete electrical components, resulting in lower costs and higher reliability.

          The ASIC performs the critical power analysis and power conversion control functions of the power optimizer. The power analysis function processes the status and working parameters at the power optimizer's input and output and, together with advanced digital control and state machine logic, controls the power conversion function. In addition, our digital control system uses an innovative predictive control technology that allows the solar PV installation to anticipate and adapt to changing operating conditions and protect against system anomalies.

          Each power optimizer in the array is connected to the inverter by a powerline communications networking link. Our powerline communications link uses a proprietary networking technology that we developed utilizing the existing DC wiring between the power optimizers and the inverter to transmit and receive data between these devices.

97

---

Table of Contents

Inverters

          Our inverter is designed for single-stage DC/AC conversion. The control loop maintains a fixed DC voltage level at its input thereby allowing for longer, uneven and multi-faceted strings while also enabling custom, cost efficient and reliable inverter design and component selection. All of the power components, as well as the main magnetic components for our inverters, can then be optimized for DC/AC inversion at high efficiency.

          The digital control algorithms of our inverters are implemented using programmable digital signal processors which allow for flexibility and adaptation of control loops for various grids and for the requirements and standards of various grid operators across geographies. We have already implemented the control mechanisms necessary to support advanced grid codes and standards that are required to support high penetration of solar energy into the grid.

Manufacturing

          We have designed our manufacturing processes to generate market-leading quality while keeping costs low. The strategy is threefold: outsource, automate and localize. We have entered outsourcing contracts with two of the world's leading global electronics manufacturing service providers, Jabil Circuit, Inc. and Flextronics Industrial Ltd. By using these contract manufacturers rather than building our own manufacturing infrastructure, we are able to access advanced manufacturing equipment, processes, skills and capacity on a "capital light" budget. Our contract manufacturers are responsible for funding the capital expenses incurred in connection with the manufacture of our products, except with regard to end of line testing equipment (which resulted in expenses of $0.4 million and $1.0 million for fiscal 2013 and 2014, respectively). We expect to continue this funding arrangement in the future, with respect to any expansions to such existing lines. Further, contracting with global providers such as Jabil and Flextronics gives us added flexibility to manufacture certain products in China, closer to target markets in Asia and the North American west coast and other products in Hungary, closer to target markets in Europe and the North American east coast, potentially increasing responsiveness to customers while reducing costs and delivery times.

          Our first proprietary automated assembly line is scheduled to be in use at the Hungary Flextronics manufacturing plant by the middle of 2015. We expect the automated assembly line to enable us to scale production of our power optimizers, decrease labor costs, and improve quality levels. Once production is operating at full capacity, we expect the automated assembly line to be capable of producing approximately 1.8 million power optimizers per year. This automated assembly line can also be replicated and deployed to additional production facilities. We have designed and are responsible for funding all of the capital expenses associated with this automated assembly line. We expect to invest in additional automated assembly lines in the future, and we will own and be responsible for funding all of the capital expenses incurred in conjunction with such automated assembly lines. The current and expected capital expenses associated with these automated assembly lines are not significant and will be funded out of our cash flows.

Reliability and Quality Control

          Our power optimizers are either connected to each PV module by installers, or embedded in each PV module by PV module manufacturers. Our power optimizers are designed to be as reliable as the PV module itself and capable of withstanding the same operating and environmental conditions.

          Our reliability methodology includes a multi-level plan with design analysis by in-house and external experts, sub-system testing of critical components by Accelerated Life Testing, and integrative testing of design prototypes by Highly Accelerated Life Testing and large sample groups.

98

---

Table of Contents

As part of our reliability efforts, we subject components to industry standard conditions and tests including in accelerated life chambers that simulate burn-in, thermal cycling, damp-heat and other stresses. We also test complete products in stress tests and in the field. Our rigorous testing processes have helped us to develop highly reliable products.

          In order to verify the quality of each of our products when it leaves the manufacturing plant, each component, sub-assembly, and final product are tested multiple times during production. These tests include Automatic Optical Inspection, In-Circuit Testing, Board- and Component-Level Functional Testing, Safety Testing and Integrative Stress Testing. We employ a serial number-driven manufacturing process auditing and traceability system that allows us to control production line activities, verify correct manufacturing processes and to achieve item-specific traceability.

          As a part of our quality and reliability approach, failed products from the field are returned and subjected to root cause analysis, the results of which are used to improve our product and manufacturing processes and further reduce our field failure rate.

Certifications

          Our products and systems comply with the applicable regulatory requirements of the jurisdictions in which they are sold as well as all other major markets around the world, collectively covering approximately 80% of the global solar PV market as measured by MW capacity shipped. These include safety regulations, electromagnetic compatibility standards and grid compliance.

Research and Development

          We devote substantial resources to research and development with the objective of developing new products and systems, adding new features to existing products and systems and reducing unit costs of our products. Our development strategy is to identify features, products and systems for both software and hardware that reduce the cost and improve the effectiveness of our solutions for our customers. We measure the effectiveness of our research and development by metrics including product unit cost, efficiency, reliability, power output and ease of use.

          We have a strong research and development team with wide-ranging experience in power electronics, semiconductors, power line communications and networking, and software engineering. In addition, many members of our team have expertise in solar technologies. As of January 31, 2015, our research and development organization had a headcount of 175 people. Our research and development expense, net totaled $13.8 million, $15.8 million and $18.3 million for fiscal 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Intellectual Property

          The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary technologies, information, processes and know-how. We rely primarily on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secrets laws in the U.S. and similar laws in other countries, confidentiality agreements and procedures and other contractual arrangements to protect our technology. As of February 28, 2015, we had 30 issued U.S. patents, 9 issued non-U.S. patents, 70 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S. and 86 patent applications pending for examination in other countries, all of which are related to U.S. applications. A majority of our patents relate to DC power optimization and DC to AC conversion for alternative energy power systems, power system monitoring, control and management systems. Our issued patents are scheduled to expire between 2027 and 2032. We continually assess opportunities to seek patent protection for those aspects of our technology, designs and methodologies and processes that we believe provide significant competitive advantages.

99

---

Table of Contents

          We rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to safeguard our interests with respect to proprietary know-how that is not patentable and processes for which patents are difficult to enforce. We believe that many elements of our manufacturing processes involve proprietary know-how, technology or data that are not covered by patents or patent applications, including technical processes, test equipment designs, algorithms and procedures.

          All of our research and development personnel have entered into confidentiality and proprietary information agreements with us. These agreements address intellectual property protection issues and require our employees to assign to us all of the inventions, designs and technologies they develop during the course of employment with us.

          We also require our customers and business partners to enter into confidentiality agreements before we disclose any sensitive aspects of our technology or business plans.

          On January 9, 2015, a patent infringement lawsuit was filed by Beacon Power, LLC ("Beacon") against the Company and a third party in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division which alleges infringement by the Company of two U.S. patents. On March 9, 2015, the Company and Beacon entered into a patent purchase agreement under which the Company agreed to purchase all rights in the aforementioned patents and Beacon agreed to dismiss all outstanding claims against the Company. For additional details on this lawsuit, see "Legal Proceedings."

Competition

          The markets for our products are competitive, and we compete with manufacturers of traditional inverters and manufacturers of other MLPE, including microinverters and power optimizers. The principal areas in which we compete with other companies include:

•

product performance and features;



•

total cost of ownership (usually measured by LCOE);



•

PV module compatibility and interoperability;



•

reliability and duration of product warranty;



•

customer service and support;



•

breadth of product line;



•

local sales and distribution capabilities;



•

compliance with applicable certifications and grid codes;



•

size and financial stability of operations; and



•

size of installed base.

          Our DC optimized inverter system competes principally with products from traditional inverter manufacturers, such as SMA Solar Technology AG, ABB Ltd. and KACO new energy GmbH. In the North American residential market we compete with traditional inverter manufacturers as well as microinverter manufacturers such as Enphase Energy, Inc. SMA Solar Technology AG and ABB Ltd. have recently introduced microinverter products. In addition, several new entrants to the MLPE market, including low-cost Asian manufacturers, have recently announced plans to ship or have already shipped products. We believe that our DC optimized inverter system offers significant technology and cost advantages that reflect a competitive differentiation over traditional inverter systems and microinverter technologies.

100

---

Table of Contents

Government Incentives

          Federal, state, local and foreign government bodies provide incentives to owners, end users, distributors and manufacturers of solar PV systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments, payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation and exclusion of solar PV systems from property tax assessments. The market for on-grid applications, where solar power is used to supplement a customer's electricity purchased from the utility network or sold to a utility under tariff, often depends in large part on the availability and size of these government subsidies and economic incentives, which vary by geographic market and from time to time. The following is a summary of the major current government subsidies and economic incentives in the key jurisdictions where our customers operate.

United States

          The U.S. federal government provides an uncapped investment tax credit that allows a taxpayer to claim a credit of 30% of qualified expenditures for a residential or commercial solar PV system placed in service on or before December 31, 2016. This credit is scheduled to reduce to 10% effective January 1, 2017. The federal government also permits accelerated depreciation for eligible solar PV systems. In addition, approximately half of the U.S. states offer an additional personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar. Further, more than half of the U.S. states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems.

          Most U.S. states have instituted a "net metering" regulatory policy, which allows a solar PV system owner to connect an on-site solar PV system to the utility grid and offset purchases of electricity from the utility with energy generated by the solar PV system and exported to the grid. Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production, including renewable portfolio standards that require utilities to procure a percentage of electricity delivered from renewable energy sources, such as solar PV systems. To prove compliance with such mandates, utilities typically must surrender renewable energy certificates ("RECs"). Solar PV system owners often are able to sell RECs to utilities directly or in REC markets.

          Many utilities and state governments offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar PV system. These include "up-front" rebates that provide cash payments based on the cost, size or expected production of a solar PV system as well as performance-based incentives that provide cash payments based on the energy generated over a period.

Europe

          Historically, European solar power incentives were robust. Recently, however, several European governments have scaled back their solar power incentives under austerity measures adopted in response to the Eurozone economic crisis. In particular, subsidies have been reduced or eliminated in countries including Germany and Italy. In June 2012, the German government passed an amendment to its renewable energy law (EEG) 2012, which reduced the available PV feed-in tariff rate, revised the volume-based digression schedule, limited the amount of electricity that PV generators can export to the grid and added a 52 gigawatt capacity limit, after which subsidies under the EEG will cease altogether. In September 2012, Germany further reduced feed-in tariffs for roof-based systems while reducing or eliminating feed-in tariffs for ground-based systems. In July 2013, the Italian government discontinued feed-in tariff payments for new solar PV projects. In some of European countries, solar power incentives have been challenged as unconstitutional or unlawful.

          Other European countries have continued to offer significant solar energy incentives. The Netherlands has instituted new incentives in recent years, including tax deductions, grants toward

101

---

Table of Contents

equipment purchases and a feed-in tariff. However, the feed-in tariff is generally not available for residential installations, and the aggregate incentive funds are limited. France instituted an incentive system in March 2011, providing feed-in tariffs and a bidding process for system operators to sell electricity from new solar projects to the state-owned electricity company. However, the feed-in tariff was subsequently reduced.

Japan

          Japan offered a residential solar subsidy program from 1994 through 2006 and 2009 through March 2014, followed by a robust renewable energy program adopted in July 2012 in the wake of the Fukushima nuclear disaster and growing anti-nuclear public sentiment. This program requires utilities to pay significant feed-in tariffs to clean energy providers. However, solar feed-in tariffs under this program were reduced from 42 Yen/kWh to 37.8 Yen/kWh in April 2013, and further reduced to 32 Yen/kWh in April 2014.

Employees

          As of January 31, 2015, we had 360 full-time employees. Of these full-time employees, 175 were engaged in research and development, 90 in sales and marketing, 69 in operations and support and 26 in general and administrative capacities. Of our employees, 251 were based in Israel, 55 were based in the U.S., 27 were based in China, 19 were based in Germany and an additional 8 were based in other countries in Europe.

          None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any employment-related work stoppages, and we consider relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

          Our corporate headquarters are located in Herziliya Pituach, Israel, in an office consisting of approximately 56,000 square feet of office, testing and product design space. We have a ten-year lease on our corporate headquarters, which expires on December 31, 2024.

          In addition to our corporate headquarters, we lease approximately 27,000 square feet of general office space in Fremont, California, under a lease that will expire on March 31, 2020. We also lease sales and support office space in the U.S., Australia, China, Germany and the Netherlands.

          We outsource all manufacturing to manufacturing partners, and currently do not own or lease any manufacturing facilities.

          We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and are sufficient and suitable for the conduct of our business for the foreseeable future. To the extent our needs change as our business grows, we expect that additional space and facilities will be available.

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations. Other than as set forth below, we were not involved in any pending legal proceedings as of the filing date of this prospectus.

          On January 9, 2015, a patent infringement lawsuit was filed by Beacon against the Company and a third party in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division which alleges infringement by the Company of two U.S. patents. On March 9, 2015, the Company and Beacon entered into a patent purchase agreement under which the Company agreed to purchase all rights in the aforementioned patents and Beacon agreed to dismiss all outstanding claims against the Company.

102

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers and Board of Directors

          The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will serve as our executive officers and directors upon the consummation of this offering.

          Guy Sella Mr. Guy Sella is a co-founder of SolarEdge and has served as Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since 2006. Prior to founding SolarEdge, Mr. Sella was a partner at Star Ventures, a leading venture capital firm, where he led investments in several startups, including AeroScout, Inc. (acquired by Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.) and Vidyo, Inc. Previously, Mr. Sella acted as the director of technology for the Israeli National Security Council and as the secretary for the National Committee for Cyber Protection. Mr. Sella also served as the head of the Electronics Research Department ("ERD"), one of Israel's national labs, which is tasked with developing innovative and complex systems. Mr. Sella holds a B.S. in Engineering from the Technion, Israel's Institute of Technology in Haifa. Mr. Sella brings to our board of directors demonstrated senior leadership skills, expertise from years of experience in electronics industries, and historical knowledge of our Company from the time of its founding.

          Ronen Faier joined SolarEdge in 2011 as our Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining SolarEdge, Mr. Faier served from 2008 to 2010 as the chief financial officer of modu Ltd, a privately owned Israeli company, which entered into voluntary liquidation proceedings in Israel in December 2010. Between 2004 and 2007, Mr. Faier held several senior finance positions, including chief financial officer at msystems prior to its acquisition by SanDisk Corporation in 2006. Previously, Mr. Faier served as corporate controller of VocalTec Communications Ltd. Mr. Faier holds a CPA (Israel) license, an MBA (with Honors) from Tel Aviv University and a B.A. in Accounting and Economics from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem.

          Rachel Prishkolnik joined SolarEdge in 2010 as our Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Prior to joining SolarEdge, Mrs. Prishkolnik served as the vice president,

103

---

Table of Contents

general counsel & corporate secretary of Gilat Satellite Networks Ltd. At Gilat she held various positions beginning as legal counsel in 2001 and becoming corporate secretary in 2004 and vice president, general counsel in 2007. Prior to Gilat, she worked at the law firm of Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP in Los Angeles. Before that, Mrs. Prishkolnik worked at Kleinhendler & Halevy (currently Gross, Kleinhendler, Hodak, Halevy, Greenberg & Co.) in Tel Aviv. Mrs. Prishkolnik holds an LLB law degree from the Faculty of Law at the Tel Aviv University and a B.A. from Wesleyan University in Connecticut. She is licensed to practice law and is a member of the Israeli Bar.

          Zvi Lando joined SolarEdge in 2009 as our Vice President, Global Sales. Mr. Lando had previously spent 16 years at Applied Materials, based in Santa Clara, California, where he held several positions, including process engineer for metal disposition and chemical vapor deposition systems, business manager for the Process Diagnostic and Control Group, vice president, and general manager of the Baccini Cell Systems Division in the Applied Materials Solar Business Group. Mr. Lando holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the Technion, Israel's Institute of Technology in Haifa, and is the author of several publications in the field of chemical disposition.

          Lior Handelsman co-founded SolarEdge in 2006 and currently serves as our Vice President, Marketing and Product Strategy where he is responsible for SolarEdge's marketing activities, product management and business development. Previously, Mr. Handelsman served as Vice President, Product Strategy and Business Development, from 2009 through 2013 and Vice President, Product Development, from our founding through 2009. Mr. Handelsman also served as acting Vice President, Operations, from 2008 through 2010. Prior to co-founding SolarEdge, Mr. Handelsman spent 11 years at the ERD, where he held several positions including research and development power electronics engineer, head of the ERD's power electronics group and manager of several large-scale development projects and he was a branch head in his last position at the ERD. Mr. Handelsman holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering (cum laude) and an MBA from the Technion, Israel's Institute of Technology in Haifa.

          Yoav Galin co-founded SolarEdge in 2006 and has served since our founding as our Vice President, Research & Development where he is responsible for leading the execution of our technology strategy, building and managing the technology team and overseeing research and development of SolarEdge's innovative PV power harvesting products. Prior to joining SolarEdge, Mr. Galin served for 11 years at the ERD. During this period, Mr. Galin held various research and development and management positions, including his last position at the ERD where he led a project and its development team of over 30 hardware and software engineers. He was also responsible for overseeing the research and development of future technologies. Mr. Galin holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Tel Aviv University.

          Ilan Yoscovich joined SolarEdge in 2008 and currently serves as our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Yoscovich is responsible for leading our future technology strategy, managing some of the most innovative PV power harvesting development activities within the Company and overseeing research and development and product activities with respect to technology, intellectual property, performance and cost structure. Previously, Mr. Yoscovich served SolarEdge as a Senior System Engineer from 2009 through 2011. Prior to joining SolarEdge, Mr. Yoscovich served as chief technology officer of Slyde Technologies, a wireless technology start-up company between 2005 and 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Yoscovich spent 10 years with the ERD. During this period, Mr. Yoscovich held various research and development and management positions, including leading a development team of over 25 engineers and his most recent role as a chief engineer leading a group of 60 engineers, in which he was responsible for overseeing research and development of future technologies. Mr. Yoscovich holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.S. Electrical Engineering from Tel Aviv University.

104

---

Table of Contents

          Udy Gal-On joined SolarEdge in 2012 as our Vice President, Operations. Mr. Gal-On has over 22 years of experience in systems and integrated circuits creation and manufacturing. Prior to joining SolarEdge, Mr. Gal-On served as vice president of engineering at ECI Telecom Ltd, from 2007 to 2012, managing ECI's new product introduction and sustaining product support, presale technical forces, post-sale service highest escalation tier, and various design activities. Mr. Gal-On also served as product engineering department manager of the Cellular Processors unit at Intel Corp.'s Cellular & Handheld division, as vice president of operations for Mysticom Ltd. (ethernet integrated circuits), and as executive director of Product Engineering at MultiLink Technology Corporation (high speed communication integrated circuits). Mr. Gal-On holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and an M.S. in Quality and Reliability Engineering from the Technion, Israel's Institute of Technology in Haifa.

          Alon Shapira joined SolarEdge in 2012 and currently serves as our Vice President, Quality and Reliability. Mr. Shapira previously served as Senior Director, Special Projects from March through September 2012. Prior to joining SolarEdge, Mr. Shapira served over 19 years in multiple leadership positions with the ERD, directing hundreds of industry professionals and managing large scale projects. Among his positions, Mr. Shapira served as deputy to the head of the ERD and vice president, research and development of the ERD, and served for 7 years in the reliability department of the ERD. Mr. Shapira holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering (summa cum laude) from the Technion, Israel's Institute of Technology in Haifa and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering Systems (cum laude) from Tel Aviv University.

          Meir Adest co-founded SolarEdge in 2006 and has served since 2007 as our Vice President, Core Technologies where he is responsible for SolarEdge's certification and long-term reliability of SolarEdge products and research of future technologies. Prior to co-founding SolarEdge, Mr. Adest spent 7 years at the ERD, where he held a number of positions, starting as an embedded software engineer for mission-critical systems, progressing to the position of a software team leader, managing a large-scale techno-operational project, and finally managing a multi-disciplinary section with approximately 25 hardware and software engineers. Mr. Adest holds a B.Sc in mathematics, physics, and computer science from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem.

          Dan Avida has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Mr. Avida is a partner at Opus Capital. Before joining Opus Capital in 2005, Mr. Avida served for four years as president and chief executive officer at Decru Inc., a pioneering storage security company that Mr. Avida co-founded in 2001. Between 1989 and 1999 Mr. Avida was employed by Electronics for Imaging, Inc. (NASDAQ:EFII), where he held a number of positions and ultimately served as chairman and chief executive officer. Prior to Electronics for Imaging, Mr. Avida served as an officer in the Israel Defense Forces. Mr. Avida holds a B.Sc. in Computer Engineering (summa cum laude) from the Technion, the Israel Institute of Technology. Mr. Avida's historical knowledge of our company and years of experience in working with innovative companies in the United States and Israel provide a valuable perspective to the board of directors.

          Yoni Cheifetz has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Since 2006, Mr. Cheifetz has served as a Partner at Lightspeed Venture Partners, where he focuses on investment activity in Israel in areas of interest, including the Internet, general media, mobile, communications, software, semiconductors and cleantech. Prior to joining Lightspeed Venture Partners, Mr. Cheifetz was a partner with Star Ventures from 2003 to 2006. Before joining Star Ventures, Mr. Cheifetz worked for several privately held software companies. Mr. Chiefetz holds a B.Sc. in Applied Mathematics from Tel Aviv University and an M.Sc. in Applied Mathematics and Computer Science from the Weizmann Institute of Science. Mr. Cheifetz's historical knowledge of our company and extensive experience in working with technology companies qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

105

---

Table of Contents

          Marcel Gani will serve as a member of the board of directors upon consummation of the offering. Since 2009, Mr. Gani has served as an independent consultant to various start-up companies, and between November 2009 and June 2010 acted as chief executive officer for a private company. From 2005 to 2009, Mr. Gani lectured at Santa Clara University, where he taught classes on accounting and finance. In 1997, Mr. Gani joined Juniper Networks, Inc. where he served as chief financial officer and executive vice president from December 1997 to December 2004, and as chief of staff from January 2005 to March 2006. Prior to joining Juniper, Mr. Gani served as chief financial officer at various companies, including NVIDIA Corporation, Grand Junction Networks, Primary Access Corporation and Next Computers. Mr. Gani served as corporate controller at Cypress Semiconductor from 1991 to 1992. Prior to joining Cypress Semiconductor, Mr. Gani worked at Intel Corporation from 1978 to 1991. Mr. Gani holds a B.A. in Applied Mathematics from Ecole Polytechnique Federal and an M.B.A. from University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. Mr. Gani currently serves on the board of directors of Envivio Inc., where he is the chairman of the audit committee, and also serves on the board of directors of Inferna, where he is a member of the audit committee and the compensation commiteee. Mr. Gani brings valuable financial and business experience to our board through his years of experience as a chief financial officer with public companies and experience as a director of other public companies.

          Doron Inbar has been a venture partner at Carmel Ventures, an Israeli-based venture capital firm that invests primarily in early stage companies in the fields of software, communications, semiconductors, internet, media, and consumer electronics, since 2006. Previously, Mr. Inbar served as the president of ECI Telecom Ltd., a global telecom networking infrastructure provider, from November 1999 to December 2005 and its chief executive officer from February 2000 to December 2005. Mr. Inbar joined ECI Telecom Ltd. in 1983 and during his first eleven years with the company, served in various positions at its wholly-owned U.S. subsidiary, ECI Telecom, Inc., in the U.S., including executive vice president and General Manager. In July 1994, Mr. Inbar returned to Israel to become vice president, corporate budget, control and subsidiaries of ECI Telecom Ltd. In June 1996, Mr. Inbar was appointed senior vice president and chief financial officer of ECI Telecom Ltd., and he became executive vice president of ECI Telecom Ltd. in January 1999. Mr. Inbar has served on the board of directors of Alvarion Ltd. (NASDAQ: ALVR), a company that designs and sells broadband wireless and Wi-Fi products, since September 2009 and is a member of its audit and compensation committees and serves as chairman of its nominating and governance Committee. Mr. Inbar also serves on the board of directors of SolarEdge Technologies Inc., an innovative start up in the photovoltaic industry, as chairman of the board of Archimedes Global Ltd., a company which provides health insurance and health provision in East Europe, and on the board of directors of MaccabiDent Ltd., the largest chain of dental service clinics in Israel. In 2012, Mr. Inbar joined the board of directors of Comverse Technology Inc. (NASDAQ: CNSI), where he is a member of the audit committee and corporate governance committee. Mr. Inbar serves also as a board member and management consultant at Degania Medical Ltd., a medical device designer and manufacturer, and as a board member and management advisor to the board of Tzinorot Ltd. Previously, Mr. Inbar served as chairman of the board of C-nario Ltd., a global provider of digital signage software solutions, chairman of the board of Followap Ltd., which was sold to Neustar, Inc. in November 2006, and chairman of the board of Enure Networks Ltd. Mr. Inbar holds a B.A. in Economics and Business Administration from Bar-Ilan University, Israel.

          Avery More has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. More was the sole seed investor in the Company through his fund, ORR Partners I, L.P., and has participated in all successive rounds. Mr. More joined Menlo Ventures in 2013 as a venture partner, and focuses on investments in technology companies. Prior to joining Menlo Ventures, Mr. More was the president and chief executive officer of CompuCom Systems Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Mr. More currently serves on the board of directors of Vidyo, Inc., QualiSystems Ltd., Takipi BuzzStream and Intendu Ltd. Mr. More has specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of

106

---

Table of Contents

directors, including his historical knowledge of our company and his experience as a director of other private and public technology companies.

          Tal Payne will serve as a member of our board of directors upon consummation of the offering. Ms. Payne has served as chief financial officer at Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. since 2008. Prior to joining Check Point in 2008, Ms. Payne was chief financial officer at Gilat Satellite Networks, Ltd., where she was responsible for strategic planning, development and leadership of the finance organization and held the role of vice president of finance for over five years. Before joining Gilat, Ms. Payne was employed at PricewaterhouseCoopers, from 1994 to 1999. Ms. Payne holds a B.A. in Economics and Accounting and an Executive M.B.A., both from Tel Aviv University. Ms. Payne is also a certified public accountant. Ms. Payne brings valuable financial and business experience to our board through her years of experience as a chief financial officer with publicy traded companies.

          Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven individuals including Guy Sella as chairman, four other current directors, three of which have employment or other relationships with certain investors in our Company, and two new directors. We expect our board of directors to determine all directors, other than Mr. Sella, to be independent under the standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Committees of our Board of Directors

          Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. Our board of directors may from time to time establish certain other committees to facilitate the management of the Company.

Audit Committee

          Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, an audit committee which is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm its independence from us; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be reviewed by applicable auditing requirements; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, auditing and federal securities law matters.

          Our audit committee will consist of Marcel Gani, Tal Payne and Doron Inbar, with Marcel Gani serving as chairman. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NASDAQ Global Select Market rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the date of listing and all independent audit committee members within one year of the date of listing. We intend to comply with the independence requirements within the time periods specified. Our board of directors has determined that Marcel Gani is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market rules and regulations. Our board of directors will adopt,

107

---

Table of Contents

effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

          Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a compensation committee which is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing officer and executive compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving or recommending to our board of directors or the independent directors, as applicable, the compensation of our directors, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our officers and other key executives and (4) appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants.

          Our compensation committee will consist of Avery More, Marcel Gani and Dan Avida, with Avery More serving as chairman. The composition of our compensation committee will meet the requirements for independence under current rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Each member of the compensation committee will also be a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          Our board of directors will establish, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a nominating and corporate governance committee which is responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board's duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (3) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles and (4) reviewing and approving related person transactions.

          Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Avery More, Yoni Cheifetz and Dan Avida, with Avery More serving as chairman. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our board of directors will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of the members of our compensation committee is, or was in fiscal 2014, an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

108

---

Table of Contents

Director Compensation for Fiscal 2014

          The following table sets forth the total cash and equity compensation paid to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors during fiscal 2014:

New Director Compensation Program

          After the completion of this offering, each of our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service on our board of directors consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards. We are currently working with a compensation consultant in connection with determining the structure of our non-employee director compensation program and expect that, following this offering, our non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following annual retainers for their service on our board of directors effective immediately following the consummation of this offering, which will be paid in four equal quarterly installments and prorated for any partial year of service on our board of directors:

          We expect that the equity awards for our non-employee directors will consist of (i) an initial equity award in the form of restricted stock units, to be granted upon the later of the consummation of this offering or the individual's initial appointment to our board of directors, with a grant date value of $150,000, and (ii) an annual equity award in the form of restricted stock units with a grant date value of $100,000, subject to proration for sitting directors for the portion of fiscal 2015 following this offering, and for the portion of the year following commencement of board service for directors who initially join our board of directors during a particular year. The initial restricted stock unit awards will vest in equal annual installments over three years and restricted stock unit annual awards will vest in full after one year (or the balance of the year in which the award is granted, in the case of pro-rated annual awards), subject in each case to continued board service through the

109

---

Table of Contents

applicable vesting date. All outstanding equity awards granted to our non-employee directors will vest upon a change in control.

          Our directors will be reimbursed for travel, food, lodging and other expenses directly related to their activities as directors. Our directors are also entitled to the protection provided by the indemnification provisions in our by-laws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Our board of directors may revise the compensation arrangements for our directors from time to time.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the code will be available on our website, www.solaredge.com.

110

---

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to "smaller reporting companies," as such term is defined under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer. The table below sets forth the annual compensation for services rendered during fiscal 2014 by such executive officers, also referred to as our named executive officers ("NEOs").

Fiscal 2014 Summary Compensation Table

111

---

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of June 30, 2014

          The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each of our NEOs as of June 30, 2014, including the vesting dates for the portions of these awards that had not vested as of that date.

          Since June 30, 2014, our board has granted additional 977,253 stock option awards to our NEOs, of which 843,919 stock option awards were granted to our Chief Executive Officer, Guy Sella.

Employment Agreements

          During 2014, we were party to an employment agreement with Mr. Sella, effective as of September 1, 2007, pursuant to which he began serving as our (and SolarEdge Technologies Ltd.'s) Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, SolarEdge Technologies Ltd. was party to an employment agreement with Mr. Faier, effective as of December 1, 2010, pursuant to which he began serving as its Chief Financial Officer, and SolarEdge Technologies, Ltd. was party to an employment agreement with Mr. Lando effective as of May 17, 2009, pursuant to which he began serving as its Global Vice President of Sales. Each of these employment agreements provides for employment of the NEO on an "at-will" basis. In all cases, either party may terminate the agreement by providing 60 days prior written notice; provided, however, that we may terminate the agreements immediately and without prior notice and make a payment in lieu of advance notice, in accordance with applicable law. In addition, we may also terminate the agreements immediately upon written notice in the event of "cause" (as defined therein).

112

---

Table of Contents

          The agreements provide for a base salary, vacation, sick leave, payments to a pension and severance fund as well as an Israeli recreational fund and recuperation pay in accordance with Israeli law. Pursuant to the agreements, we have effected a manager's insurance policy for each NEO pursuant to which we make contributions on behalf of each NEO as well as the required statutory deductions from salary and any other amounts payable under the agreements on behalf of each NEO to the relevant authorities in accordance with Israeli law. In the case of Mr. Sella, we contribute 8.33% of his base salary toward the policy for the severance pay component, 5% for the savings and risk component, 7.5% for the Israeli recreational fund component, up to $3,800 per year, and up to 2.5% for disability insurance. In the case of Mr. Faier, we contribute 8.33% of his base salary toward the policy for the severance pay component, 5% in the case of an insurance policy (or 6% in the case of a pension fund, with such amount to be allocated to a provident fund or pension plan) and 7.5% for the Israeli recreational fund component, up to $3,800 per year. In the event that Mr. Faier chooses to allocate payments to an insurance policy (and not a pension fund), we will contribute up to 2.5% of his salary toward disability insurance. In the case of Mr. Lando, we contribute 8.33% of his base salary toward the policy for the severance pay component and 5% to a provident fund, insurance policy or pension plan and 7.5% for the Israeli recreational fund component, up to $3,800 per year. We will also contribute up to 2.5% of his base salary for disability insurance provided that such insurance is available. In all cases we deduct 5% of each NEO's base salary to be paid on behalf of the NEO toward the policy (or 5.5%, in the case of Mr. Faier in the event he chooses to allocate his payments to a pension plan).

Incentive Compensation

          With respect to fiscal year 2014, the Company did not maintain a formal cash-based incentive plan. The Company did, however, pay discretionary bonuses to each NEO based on Company and individual performance.

          For fiscal year 2015, each NEO is eligible to receive an annual incentive compensation payment based on achievement of pre-established performance goals. For Mr. Sella, the performance goals will be 100% weighted based upon company-related financial and performance goals, including 66% financial achievement, 14% operations, 10% strategy and 10% scalability. For Messrs. Faier and Lando, the performance goals will be weighted based upon 50% company-related financial and performance goals and 50% individual performance.

Post-Employment Compensation and Change in Control Payments and Benefits

Severance

          Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreements with the NEOs, as well as in accordance with Israeli law, upon a termination of the NEO's employment, the NEO is entitled to the payments we have made on behalf of each NEO to the Manager's Insurance Policy.

Equity Acceleration

          Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, if Mr. Sella is terminated without "cause" after the occurrence of a "change in control" (each as defined in his agreement), he will be entitled to full acceleration of any unvested shares of restricted stock or stock options held by him at the time of such termination. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, if Mr. Faier or Mr. Lando terminates his employment due to "justifiable reason" (as defined therein) or SolarEdge Technologies, Ltd. terminates Mr. Faier's or Mr. Lando's employment within twelve months of the date of a "transaction" (as defined therein), then all outstanding and unvested stock options will become fully vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination.

113

---

Table of Contents

          Pursuant to the terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement entered into with Mr. Sella as of December 11, 2007, in the event that he is terminated for "cause" (as defined therein), all stock acquired pursuant to such agreement will be subject to repurchase by us.

          Furthermore, in the event of a "transaction" (as defined in our 2007 Global Incentive Plan (the "2007 Plan")), all outstanding equity held by each NEO will accelerate to the extent such awards are not assumed or substituted by a successor corporation in connection with such transaction.

Employee Benefit Plans

2015 Global Incentive Plan

          Our board of directors has adopted, subject to stockholder approval and the consummation of this offering, the SolarEdge Technologies, Inc. 2015 Global Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan").

          Purpose.    The grant of awards under the 2015 Plan is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in the value of our common stock.

          Types of Awards.    The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, performance stock unit awards, performance cash awards and other stock awards.

          Eligibility.    Awards may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of ours and our affiliates. Only our employees and those of our affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options.

          Shares Subject to the 2015 Plan.    Subject to adjustment for certain dilutive or related events, the aggregate maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2015 Plan (the "Share Reserve") will initially be one million four hundred forty three thousand one hundred twenty-six (1,443,126) shares of common stock. In addition, the number of shares of common stock equal to the total number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Plan that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement but after this offering, are forfeited or are otherwise reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award will be added to the Share Reserve.

          Shares of our common stock subject to awards that are settled in cash or cancelled or terminated will return to the Share Reserve. In addition, shares of common stock that are forfeited back to, reacquired at no cost by, or repurchased at cost by the Company, as well as shares that are retained or reacquired by the Company to satisfy tax obligations or the exercise or purchase price of an award, will return to the Share Reserve

          The Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1^st of each year during the term of the 2015 Plan commencing on January 1^st of the year following the year in which the 2015 Plan becomes effective in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of capital stock outstanding on December 31^st of the preceding calendar year; provided, however, that our board of directors may provide that there will not be a January 1^st increase in the Share Reserve in a given year or that the increase will be less than five percent (5%) of the shares of capital stock outstanding on the preceding December 31^st.

          The aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued on the exercise of incentive stock options is ten million (10,000,000).

114

---

Table of Contents

          Shares issued under the 2015 Plan may consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock of the Company, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

          Administration.    The board of directors has the authority to administer the 2015 Plan and will delegate administration of the 2015 Plan to our compensation committee. The compensation committee may delegate some or all of the administration of the 2015 Plan to one or more subcommittees of the compensation committee and/or officers or employees of the Company to the extent permitted under applicable law.

          Our board of directors or the compensation committee will have the authority to adopt procedures and sub-plans as appropriate (1) to permit the participation of eligible persons who are subject to taxation in jurisdictions other than the U.S. (the country within which the Company has its corporate domicile) and (2) to allow awards to qualify for special tax treatment in another jurisdiction.

          Stock Options.    A stock option may be granted as an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option. The option exercise price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date the option is granted (or, with respect to incentive stock options, less than 110% of the fair market value if the recipient owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any affiliate (a "Ten Percent Stockholder"), unless the option was granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code). Options will not be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant (or five years, in the case of an incentive stock option issued to a Ten Percent Stockholder). The exercise price of an option may be paid by cash, check, bank draft, money order, net issuance or as otherwise determined by the administrator and set forth in an award agreement, including through an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from the sale of the shares issuable under the option or the delivery or previously owned shares.

          Stock Appreciation Rights.    A stock appreciation right (a "SAR"), is a right that entitles the participant to receive, in cash or shares of common stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the administrator, value equal to or otherwise based on the excess of (i) the fair market value of a specified number of shares at the time of exercise over (ii) the exercise price of the right, as established by administrator on the date of grant. Upon exercising a SAR, the participant is entitled to receive the amount by which the fair market value of the stock at the time of exercise exceeds the exercise price of the SAR. The exercise price of each SAR may not be less than the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the date the SAR is granted, unless the SAR was granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. SARs will not be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant.

Provisions Applicable to Both Options and SARs.

          Transferability.    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, an option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and will be exercisable during the lifetime of a participant only by such participant. The administrator may permit transfer of an option or SAR in a manner not prohibited by applicable law. Subject to approval by the administrator, an option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order or similar instrument or pursuant to a beneficiary designation.

          Termination of Service.    Except as otherwise provided in an applicable award document or other agreement between a participant and the Company, upon a termination for any reason other than for cause or due to death or disability, a participant may exercise his or her option or SAR (to

115

---

Table of Contents

the extent such award was exercisable as of the date of termination) for a period of three months following the termination date or, if earlier, until the expiration of the term of such award. Upon a termination due to a participant's disability, unless otherwise provided in an applicable award or other agreement, the participant may exercise his or her option or SAR (to the extent that such award was exercisable as of the date of termination) for a period of 12 months following the termination date or, if earlier, until the expiration of the term of such award. Upon a termination due to a participant's death, unless otherwise provided in an applicable award or other agreement, the participant's estate may exercise the option or SAR (to the extent such award was exercisable as of the termination date) for a period of 18 months following the termination date or, if earlier, until the expiration of the term of such award. Unless provided otherwise in an award or other agreement, an option or SAR will terminate on the date that a participant is terminated for cause and the participant will not be permitted to exercise such award.

Awards Other Than Options and SARs.

          Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.    Restricted shares are awards of shares, the grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or transferability of which is subject during specified periods of time to such conditions (including continued employment) and terms as the administrator deems appropriate. Restricted stock units ("RSUs") are an award denominated in units under which the issuance of shares (or cash payment in lieu thereof) is subject to such conditions (including continued employment) and terms as the administrator deems appropriate. Each award document evidencing a grant of restricted stock or RSUs will set forth the terms and conditions of each award, including vesting and forfeiture provisions, transferability and, if applicable, right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

          Performance Awards.    A performance award is a stock or cash award that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a performance period of certain performance goals. A performance award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of service. The length of any performance period, the applicable performance goals and the measurement of whether and to what degree such performance goals have been attained will be as determined by the compensation committee. The compensation committee retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit upon the attainment of any performance goals.

          Performance Goals.    The compensation committee may select one or more of the following criteria for purposes of establishing performance goals, which may be established with respect to all or part of the business, or on a relative or absolute basis: (1) profit before tax; (2) billings; (3) revenue; (4) net revenue; (5) earnings (which may include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or some of them, or net earnings); (6) operating income; (7) operating margin; (8) operating profit; (9) controllable operating profit, or net operating profit; (10) net profit; (11) gross margin; (12) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue; (13) net income; (14) earnings per share; (15) total stockholder return calculated either solely with respect to the Company's performance or relative to a benchmark; (16) market share; (17) return on assets or net assets; (18) the Company's stock price; (19) growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index; (20) return on equity; (21) return on invested capital; (22) cash flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows); (23) cash conversion cycle; (24) economic value added; (25) individual confidential business objectives; (26) contract awards or backlog; (27) overhead or other expense reduction; (28) credit rating; (29) strategic plan development and implementation; (30) succession plan development and implementation; (31) improvement in workforce diversity; (32) customer indicators; (33) new product invention or innovation; (34) attainment of research and development milestones; (35) improvements in productivity; (36) achievement in quality product production and/or performance; and (37) bookings.

116

---

Table of Contents

          Other Stock Awards.    The 2015 Plan permits the grant of other forms of stock awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock of the Company. Subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan, the compensation committee has the sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the times at which such other stock awards may be granted and other provisions related thereto.

          Non-Employee Director Grants.    In addition to any awards that may be granted on a discretionary basis to non-employee directors under the 2015 Plan, each director who has not been either (i) an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) a consultant for the Company or any of its subsidiaries, will be automatically granted, as applicable, an initial stock award upon commencement of service on our board of directors and an annual stock award, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the 2015 Plan.

          Adjustment Provisions.    In the event of any change in the capitalization of the Company, the compensation committee will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the 2015 Plan; (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options; (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person in compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities or other property and value (including price per share of stock) subject to outstanding stock awards. Unless provided otherwise in an award or other agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding stock awards (other than stock awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of company common stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company's right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of common stock subject to the Company's repurchase rights or subject to forfeiture may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such stock award is providing continuous service; provided, however, that our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that some or all stock awards will become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent not already expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent upon its completion.

          Change in Control.    In the event of Change in Control (as defined in the 2015 Plan), our board of directors will have discretion to take one or more of the following actions with respect to each outstanding award, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Change in Control:

          (i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation's parent company) to assume or continue the award or to substitute a similar stock award for the award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration per share paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Change in Control);

          (ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of common stock issued pursuant to the award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation's parent company);

          (iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the award (and, if applicable, the time at which the award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Change in Control, with such award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Change in Control;

          (iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the award;

117

---

Table of Contents

          (v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors, in its reasonable determination, may consider appropriate as an approximation of the value of the canceled award; or

          (vi) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be determined by the board of directors, equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value in the Change in Control of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the award immediately prior to the effective time of the Change in Control, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

          Our board of directors need not take the same action or actions with respect to all awards or portions thereof or with respect to all participants and may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an award.

          In the absence of any affirmative determination by our board of directors at the time of a Change in Control, each outstanding award will be assumed or an equivalent award will be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent award, in which case the vesting of such award will accelerate in its entirety (along with, if applicable, the time at which the award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Change in Control as our board of directors will determine (or, if our board of directors will not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Change in Control), with such award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at the effective time of the Change in Control.

          Termination and Amendment.    Our board of directors or the compensation committee may terminate or suspend the 2015 Plan at any time. Our board of directors or the compensation committee may amend the 2015 Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. If required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the 2015 Plan that materially (A) increases the number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan, (B) expands the class of individuals eligible to receive awards, (C) increases the benefits accruing to participants under the 2015 Plan, (D) reduces the price at which shares of common stock may be issued or purchased under the 2015 Plan, (E) extends the term of the 2015 Plan, or (F) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the 2015 Plan or an award document, no amendment of the 2015 Plan will materially impair a participant's rights under an outstanding award without the participant's written consent. The 2015 Plan will have no fixed expiration date; provided, however, that no incentive stock option may be granted after the 10^th anniversary of the later of the date the 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors or the date the board of directors adopts an amendment to the 2015 Plan that constitutes the adoption of a new plan for purposes of Section 422 of the Code. No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan while the 2015 Plan is suspended or terminated.

2007 Global Incentive Plan

          Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2007 Plan, in 2007. The 2007 Plan includes three appendices applicable to participants in each of Israel, the U.S. and Germany, each containing provisions with respect to local laws.

          Purpose.    The 2007 Plan provides a means to incentivize persons of training, experience and ability, to attract new employees, directors, consultants and service providers, to encourage a sense of proprietorship of such persons and to stimulate the active interest of such persons in our

118

---

Table of Contents

development and financial success by providing such persons with opportunities to acquire our common stock.

          Authorized Shares.    Our 2007 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and, accordingly, no further shares of common stock will be available for issuance under this plan. Our 2007 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of January 31, 2015, 368,745 shares remained available for grant, and options to purchase 6,201,291 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2007 Plan.

          Plan Administration.    Our board of directors or a committee thereof appointed by our board has the authority to administer our 2007 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2007 Plan, the administrator has the power to (i) designate participants; (ii) determine the terms and provisions of award agreements (which need not be identical); (iii) accelerate the right of a participant to exercise, in whole or in part, any previously granted award; (iv) interpret the provisions and supervise the administration of the 2007 Plan; (v) determine the fair market value of our common stock; (vi) designate the type of awards to be granted to a participant; and (vii) determine any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, administration of the 2007 Plan.

          Stock Options.    The administrator may grant options under the 2007 Plan. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. The methods of payment of the exercise price of an option may include cash, check, wire transfer or, at the discretion of the administrator, through delivery of shares of our common stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date. After the termination of service, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or by the administrator prior to the date of such termination, all unvested stock options will immediately expire and vested options will remain exercisable for a period of three months (if such termination is by us other than for death, disability or for cause) or for twelve months (if such termination is the result of death or disability). In no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of stock options may be subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions.

          Restricted Stock.    Shares of restricted common stock may be issued under our 2007 Plan. Each such stock issuance is evidenced by a restricted stock agreement. Grants of restricted stock may be subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator.

          Certain Adjustments.    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2007 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number, class and kind of shares that may be delivered under our 2007 Plan or subject to outstanding awards and the purchase prices so as to maintain the proportionate number of common stock without changing the aggregate purchase price. Upon happening of any of the foregoing, the class and aggregate number of shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the 2007 Plan in respect of which awards have not yet been exercised will be appropriately adjusted. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants and provide them with ten days to exercise any unvested awards and upon the expiration of such ten day period, all remaining outstanding awards will terminate.

          Transaction.    Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of (i) the consummation of a merger, acquisition or reorganization of the Company with one or more other entities after which the beneficial owners of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the successor company that results from such transaction or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or stock to another entity, each outstanding award will be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation and appropriate

119

---

Table of Contents

adjustments will be made to the purchase price of each award and all other terms, including vesting terms, will remain unchanged subject to the discretion of the administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator has the power and authority to provide in certain award agreements for acceleration of unvested awards in the event that a successor company refuses to assume or substitute outstanding awards. The administrator may also provide that in lieu of assumption or substitution, outstanding awards may be cashed out.

          Amendment, Termination.    Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend or terminate our 2007 Plan at any time, provided that such amendment, alternation, suspension or termination does not impair a participant's rights under outstanding awards without the participant's written consent. As noted above, upon the completion of this offering, the 2007 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

          Our board of directors has adopted, subject to stockholder approval and the consummation of this offering, an Employee Stock Purchase Plan in order to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, excluding any sub-plans thereunder, is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We will initially reserve a number of shares of our common stock for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan equal to four hundred eighty-seven thousand six hundred forty three (487,643) shares. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase automatically on January 1 of each year, for ten years, by the lesser of 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year or four hundred eighty-seven thousand six hundred forty three (487,643) shares. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year at their discretion, including a reduction to zero. The maximum number of shares that may be issued to any employee in a given offering period will be that number of shares of common stock that could be purchased on the commencement date of such offering period with ten thousand dollars ($10,000), taking into consideration any discount from the offering period pursuant to the provisions of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

          Our compensation committee will administer our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. All of our employees who work 20 or more hours per week or for five more months per year that are employed at the beginning of an enrollment period are generally eligible to participate in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, cannot participate in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 10% of their eligible compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan will continue for a maximum of ten (10) years from adoption or until earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions therein.

          For each offering period, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent purchase periods. No offering period can run for more than 27 months. An employee's participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason, unless provided otherwise by the compensation

120

---

Table of Contents

committee in the event of a termination occurring within 30 days prior to the end of an offering period.

          In addition to the share limit for each offering period, no participant will have the right to purchase shares of our common stock in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year, that has a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be not less than 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

          If we experience any change in our capitalization without receipt of consideration by the Company, the type and number of securities covered by each outstanding purchase right and the number of authorized shares under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be appropriately and proportionately adjusted by our board of directors.

          If we experience a proposed liquidation or dissolution, any offering period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all outstanding purchase rights will automatically terminate and the amounts of all payroll deductions will be refunded without interest to the participants. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger or consolidation or similar combination of the Company with or into another entity, then in the sole discretion of our board of directors, (1) each purchase right will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by the successor corporation or parent or subsidiary of such successor entity, (2) on a date established by our board of directors on or before the date of consummation of such merger, consolidation, combination or sale, such date will be treated as a purchase date, and all outstanding purchase rights will be exercised on such date, (3) all outstanding purchase rights will terminate and the accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded without interest to the participants, or (4) outstanding purchase rights will continue unchanged.

          The compensation committee may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan to accommodate specific requirements of local laws and jurisdictions and, if necessary, can establish sub-plans for particular foreign jurisdictions.

          Our board of directors or compensation committee may terminate or suspend the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time and may revise or amend the plan in any respect, subject to required stockholder approval.

121

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 31, 2015 with respect to:

•

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock;



•

each member of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering and each named executive officer; and



•

the members of our board of directors upon the consummation of this offering and our named executive officers as a group.

          Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o SolarEdge Technologies, Inc., 1 HaMada Street, Herziliya Pituach 4673335, Israel.

          We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that each person or entity named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that he, she or it beneficially owns, subject to applicable community property laws.

          Applicable percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 31,069,764 shares of common stock that would be outstanding as of January 31, 2015 (which includes 4,722 shares of common stock issued in connection with the execution of stock options since December 31, 2014) assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock. Applicable percentage ownership after this offering is based on 38,069,764 shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, after giving effect to the issuance of 7,000,000 shares of our common stock that we expect to be sold in this offering and

122

---

Table of Contents

giving effect of the conversion of all 84,743,792 outstanding shares of preferred stock into 28,247,923 shares of common stock.

123

---

Table of Contents

124

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2011 to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described under "Executive Compensation" and "Management — Director Compensation."

Private Placement Financings

          The following table summarizes purchases of our convertible preferred stock since July 1, 2011 by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities.

Material Rights of Preferred Stock

          The following is a brief description of the material rights of each series of our preferred stock issued to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities. All outstanding shares of our preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

125

---

Table of Contents

          Dividends.    The holders of Series E, D-3, D-2, D-1, D, C, B and A convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, if, when and as declared by the board of directors, in an amount per share equal to the following (in order of right of payment):

          No dividends have been declared on the Series E, D-3, D-2, D-1, D, C, B and A convertible preferred stock.

          Conversion.    The Series E, D-3, D-2, D-1, D, C, B and A convertible preferred stock will be automatically converted into common stock immediately prior to the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to the Securities Act if aggregate gross proceeds to the Company in the offering equal or exceed $30,000,000 and the public offering price is not less than (a) $12.06951 per share if the offering occurs prior to December 31, 2015, (b) $14.08107 per share if the offering occurs following December 31, 2015 but prior to December 31, 2016 and (c) $16.09266 per share if the offering occurs following December 31, 2016. Each three shares of Series E, D-3, D-2, D-1, D, C, B and A convertible preferred stock will be converted into one share of common stock, subject to adjustment for certain subsequent issuances.

          Liquidation rights.    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the Company is required to distribute to the holders of preferred stock, in descending order of priority and prior to any payments to any of the holders of any other classes of stock, a per share amount equal to $2.68211 for Series E convertible preferred stock, $2.309 for Series D-3, D-2, D-1 and D convertible preferred stock, $1.564 for Series C convertible preferred stock, $1.226 for Series B convertible preferred stock and $0.73913 for Series A convertible preferred stock, plus interest accruing annually on a compounded basis at the rate of 5% on such respective amount from the date of issuance (except in the case of Series A), plus all declared but unpaid dividends on each such share of convertible preferred stock then held by the holder, less any dividends actually paid on such share.

          Voting rights.    Each holder of shares of preferred convertible stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred convertible stock could be converted and has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock and entitled to notice of any stockholders meeting. Each holder of common stock is be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held.

          Protective Provisions.    We cannot, without the consent of a majority of the then outstanding convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, (i) change the rights, preferences, or privileges of the convertible preferred stock or any series of convertible preferred stock so as to materially and adversely affect the convertible preferred stock or any series of convertible preferred stock, (ii) authorize or issue any shares of a new class or series of capital stock (or rights to acquire such new class or series of capital stock) having rights, preferences or privileges senior or equivalent to the convertible preferred stock, (iii) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of convertible preferred stock, (iv) cause or effect a change of control,

126

---

Table of Contents

liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or (v) declare or pay any dividends or declare or make any other distribution, purchase, redemption or acquisition on any of our capital stock, except for certain permitted repurchases.

          In addition, we cannot, change the rights, preferences, or privileges of any series of convertible preferred stock or increase or decrease the total number of shares of the applicable series of convertible preferred stock, without, as applicable, the consent of (i) at least a majority of the then outstanding Series E convertible preferred stock voting as a separate series (ii) at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D-3, D-2, D-1 and D convertible preferred stock voting as a single class, (iii) at least 66% of the then outstanding shares of Series C convertible preferred stock voting as a separate, (iv) at least 70% of the then outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock voting as a separate series and (v) at least 66% of the then outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock voting as a separate series.

          The rights of each series of our preferred stock, including those describe above, will terminate upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Investors' Rights Agreement

          We entered into an investors' rights agreement with our founders and the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including the following principal stockholders and some of their affiliates:

ORR Partners I-S, L.P.
Opus Capital Venture Partners V, L.P.
Genesis Partners III L.P.
Pacven Walden Ventures VI, L.P.
Vertex III (C.I.) Fund L.P.
Norwest Venture Partners XI, L.P.
Lightspeed Venture Partners VIII LP
NWC SolarEdge Holdings, LLC

          Pursuant to this agreement, we granted these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock held or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights." The investors' rights agreement also provides for certain additional rights to receive financial information and rights of first refusal to participate in subsequent equity financings, which additional rights will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, each as expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we shall indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. For further information, see the section entitled "Description of Capital Stock — Indemnification and Limitations on Directors' Liability."

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

          The audit committee of our board of directors will have primary responsibility for reviewing and approving transactions with related parties. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transactions.

127

---

Table of Contents

          We will adopt, effective upon the consummation of this offering, a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed, is a general partner or principal or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee, subject to the exceptions described below. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party's interest in the transaction. Our audit committee is expected to determine that certain transactions will not require audit committee approval, including certain employment arrangements of executive officers, director compensation, transactions with another company at which a related party's only relationship is as a non-executive employee or beneficial owner of less than 5% of that company's shares, transactions where a related party's interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis, and transactions available to all employees generally.

128

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

$40 Million Revolving Line of Credit

          In June 2011, we entered into an agreement with SVB for a revolving line of credit. In February 2015, we amended and restated the agreement with SVB for a revolving line of credit, which permits aggregate borrowings of up to $40 million in an amount not to exceed 80% of the eligible accounts receivable and bears interest, payable monthly, at SVB's prime rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 2.0%. The revolving line of credit will terminate, and outstanding borrowings will be payable, on December 31, 2016. As of March 10, we had approximately $5.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our $40 million revolving line of credit with SVB.

          In connection with the amended and restated revolving line of credit, we granted SVB security interests in substantially all of our assets, including a first-priority security interest in our trade receivables, cash and cash equivalents (the "SVB Priority Collateral"). The agreement contains certain financial covenants requiring us to maintain EBITDA and liquidity at specified levels. Specifically, we are required to maintain negative Adjusted EBITDA (defined in accordance with US GAAP as (a) net income, plus (b) the extent deducted in the calculation of net income, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of net income, non-cash stock-based compensation) of no greater than ($1,500,000) as of March 31, 2015, and positive Adjusted EBITDA of at least (i) $1,500,000 as of June 30, 2015, (ii) $3,500,000 as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015, (iii) $1,500,000 as of March 31, 2016 and (iv) $3,500,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 and for each calendar quarter thereafter. In addition, we are required to maintain liquidity (defined as our unrestricted and unencumbered cash, plus availability under the revolving line of credit) of $6,750,000. The amended and restated revolving line of credit also contains covenants that restrict our ability to borrow money, grant liens, pay dividends, dispose of assets or engage in business combinations.

Term Loan

          On December 28, 2012, we entered into a term loan agreement with Kreos, providing for a term loan of up to $10 million, which was fully drawn on the closing date. The borrowings under the term loan were primarily used to finance working capital needs. On January 26, 2015, we repaid the entire outstanding balance under the term loan.

          Interest on the term loan was payable monthly at a rate of 11.90% per year, compounded on a monthly basis. Principal was paid in 33 equal monthly installments from September 2013 through 2016, the last of which was prepaid in advance pursuant to the terms of the term loan. As of December 31, 2014, the term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $4.7 million and no accrued interest outstanding. Payments of principal and interest on the term loan were in Euros.

          In connection with the loan agreement, we granted Kreos 563,014 D-1 Warrants to purchase Series D-1 convertible preferred shares at an exercise price of $2.309. The D-1 Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part prior to earliest of (i) December 28, 2022, (ii) 12 months after a qualified initial public offering or (iii) immediately prior to the consumption of a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. If the holder exercises all Series D-1 Warrants in full upon or, if applicable, after an event described in (ii) or (iii) and the fair market value (as defined in the Series D-1 Warrants) of the shares received upon exercise, less the exercise price, results in an amount lower than $750,000, the Series D-1 Warrants require the Company to pay the difference to the holder. In addition, in October 2014 the Company issued to Kreos 745,682 Series E convertible preferred shares for consideration of $2,000,000.

129

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

          We plan to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation (as amended and restated, our "Certificate of Incorporation") and our by-laws (as amended and restated, our "By-laws") in connection with the completion of this offering. Below is a summary of the material terms and provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and our By-laws as expected to be in effect and affecting the rights of our stockholders upon the completion of this offering, as well as relevant provisions of Delaware law affecting the rights of our stockholders. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our By-laws and the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"). Copies of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. References in this section to the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to SolarEdge Technologies, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Authorized Capital

          Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 125,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 95,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

          As of December 31, 2014, there were 2,817,119 shares of common stock outstanding, held by approximately 46 stockholders and 84,743,792 shares of preferred stock outstanding, held by approximately 18 stockholders. Assuming the conversion of the preferred stock owned by our existing stockholders into 28,247,923 shares of our common stock immediately upon effectiveness of our Certificate of Incorporation, there would have been 31,065,042 shares (not including 4,722 shares of common stock issued in connection with the execution of stock options since December 31, 2014) of common stock outstanding, held by approximately 63 stockholders and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

          Voting Rights.    The holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to our amended and Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock could, if they so choose, elect all the directors.

          Dividend Rights.    Holders common stock will be entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared by our board of directors, out of our legally available assets, in cash, property, shares of our common stock or other securities, after payments of dividends required to be paid on outstanding preferred stock, if any.

          The terms of our debt instruments impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends on our common stock. See "Description of Indebtedness."

          Distributions in Connection with Mergers or Other Business Combinations.    Upon a merger, consolidation or substantially similar transaction, holders of each class of common stock will be entitled to receive equal per share payments or distributions.

130

---

Table of Contents

          Liquidation Rights.    Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any business combination or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders will be distributable ratably among the holders of the common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debts and other liabilities and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding preferred stock.

          Other Matters.    Our Certificate of Incorporation will not entitle holders of our common stock to preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The common stock may be subdivided or combined in any manner unless the other class is subdivided or combined in the same proportion. All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares of common stock offered in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Authorized but Unissued Preferred Stock

          Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which would apply as long as our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the combined voting power of our common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

          Unless required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also will be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, without any vote or action by stockholders.

          The existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and could thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Registration Rights

          Upon the completion of this offering, certain holders of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the terms of our outstanding warrants and an investors' rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders.

          Demand registration rights.    Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 28,247,923 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time after six months following completion of this offering, the holders of at least 30% of these shares have the right to demand that we file up to two registration statements with respect to offerings of common stock each having an aggregate offering price of at least $10 million. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders, and the underwriters of an underwritten

131

---

Table of Contents

offering will have the right, subject to certain restrictions, to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for reasons relating to the marketing of the shares.

          Piggyback registration rights.    If we propose to register any of our securities for public sale, the holders of approximately 28,247,923 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit plans, the exchange of securities in certain corporate reorganizations or certain other transactions or the issuance of common stock upon conversion of debt securities, the offer and sale of which are also being registered. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for reasons relating to the marketing of the shares, but not below 25% of the total number of shares included in the registration statement.

          Form S-3 registration rights.    Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 28,247,923 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. At any time after we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of these shares have the right to request that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $2 million. We will not be required to effect such a registration if we have effected one such registration within the 12-month period preceding a request and we may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 90 days if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right, subject to certain restrictions, to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for reasons relating to the marketing of the shares.

          Registration expenses.    We will pay all expenses incurred by holders of shares registered in connection with up to two demand registrations and all piggyback and Form S-3 registrations, except, in each case, for fees and expenses of legal counsel in excess of $35,000, underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes. However, subject to limited exceptions, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by the holders or if the net proceeds requirement of a demand registration is not met.

          Expiration of registration rights.    The registration rights described above will expire five years after the completion of this offering, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or a similar exemption in any three-month period and such stockholder owns less than 1% of the Company's common stock.

          Holders of substantially all of our shares with these registration rights have signed agreements with the underwriters or us prohibiting the exercise of their registration rights for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section entitled "Underwriters."

Indemnification and Limitations on Directors' Liability

          Section 145 of the DGCL grants each Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of serving or having served in any such capacity, if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause

132

---

Table of Contents

to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may similarly indemnify any such person in actions by or in the right of the corporation if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action was brought determines that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or other court shall deem proper.

          Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the director's fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for director liability with respect to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide for such limitation of liability.

          Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will indemnify our directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the DGCL and our Certificate of Incorporation also allows our board of directors to indemnify other employees. This indemnification will extend to the payment of judgments in actions against officers and directors and to reimbursement of amounts paid in settlement of such claims or actions and may apply to judgments in favor of the corporation or amounts paid in settlement to the corporation. This indemnification will also extend to the payment of attorneys' fees and expenses of officers and directors in suits against them where the officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. This right of indemnification is not exclusive of any right to which the officer or director may be entitled as a matter of law and shall extend and apply to the estates of deceased officers and directors.

          We maintain a directors' and officers' insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions that are normal and customary for policies of this type.

          We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and insurance policies are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers. However, these provisions may discourage derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required or allowed by these limitation of liability and indemnification provisions.

          At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents as to which indemnification is sought from us, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in an indemnification claim.

133

---

Table of Contents

Forum Selection Clause

          Our certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including any beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, will be a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware); in all cases subject to the court's having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Common Stock—Our certificate of incorporation will include a forum selection clause, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us."

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our By-laws

          Certain provisions of Delaware law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our By-laws that will be effective upon consummation of the offering could make the acquisition of the Company more difficult and could delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including takeover attempts that might result in the payment of a premium to stockholders over the market price for their shares. These provisions also may promote the continuity of our management by making it more difficult for a person to remove or change the incumbent members of our board of directors.

          Authorized but Unissued Shares; Undesignated Preferred Stock.    The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval except as required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, our board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of undesignated preferred stock with voting rights or other rights or preferences designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

          Board Classification.    Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors.

          No Cumulative Voting.    Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholders are not permitted to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

134

---

Table of Contents

          Special Meetings of Stockholders.    Our By-laws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chairman, our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors or our Secretary at the request of holders of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock.

          Stockholder Action by Written Consent.    Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our Certificate of Incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent.

          Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Nomination of Directors.    Our By-laws will require stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate individuals for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, to provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder's notice will need to be sent to and received at our principal executive offices no later than the close of business on the 90^th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120^th day, prior to the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. However, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or 70 days after the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, such notice will be timely only if received no earlier than the close of business on the 120^th day prior to the annual meeting and no later than the close of business on the later of the 90^th day prior to such annual meeting and the tenth day following the date on which a public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made by us. Our By-laws also will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our meetings of stockholders. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the potential acquiror's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

          Removal of Directors; Vacancies.    Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our Certificate of Incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66²/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation also will provide that any newly created directorship on our board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in our board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

          Supermajority Provisions.    Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to alter, amend, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our By-laws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law and our Certificate of Incorporation. Any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our By-laws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

135

---

Table of Contents

          The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that the following provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

•

the provision requiring a 66²/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our By-laws;



•

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);



•

the provisions regarding removal of directors;



•

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;



•

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;



•

the provisions regarding advanced notification of stockholder nominations and proposals;



•

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;



•

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director and governing forum selection; and



•

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66²/3% supermajority vote.

          Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.    We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which provides that, subject to certain stated exceptions, a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any "interested stockholder" (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;



•

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans in which participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer;



•

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent; or



•

by the affirmative vote of 66²/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

136

---

Table of Contents

          An "interested stockholder" is any person (other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary) who owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date of determination, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

          We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "SEDG."

137

---

Table of Contents

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, and the availability of shares for future sale, could adversely affect the market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nonetheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the future, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

          Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted into 28,247,923 shares of common stock, the outstanding warrants to purchase 563,014 shares of preferred stock will be converted into warrants to purchase 187,671 shares of common stock, and upon the closing of this offering, a total of 38,069,764 shares of common stock will be outstanding (which includes 4,722 shares of common stock issued in connection with the execution of stock options since December 31, 2014), assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, 7,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

          The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

          As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed "restricted securities" will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

Rule 144

          In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, (2) we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and (3) we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

          Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within

138

---

Table of Contents

any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 380,698 shares immediately after the completion of this offering (calculated on the basis of the assumptions described above and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants); and



•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

          Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

          In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of January 31, 2015, options exercisable for 4,631,122 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701. However, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

          We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8, which will become effective immediately upon filing, under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issuable under our outstanding options or reserved for issuance under our compensatory stock plans. Shares covered by the Form S-8 will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. All shares of our common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions described below.

Lock-up Agreements

          We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering, have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock. The representatives of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may at any time release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreements.

          The lock-up agreements do not contain any pre-established conditions to the waiver by the representatives of the underwriters on behalf of the underwriters of any terms of the lock-up

139

---

Table of Contents

agreements. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

Market Stand-Off Provisions

          Our investors' rights agreement with our founders and holders of our convertible preferred stock contains a market stand-off provision prohibiting our founders and these stockholders from directly or indirectly selling, offering to sell, contracting to sell, granting any option to purchase or otherwise transferring or disposing of any Company securities for a period of up to 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to this offering, subject to certain conditions.

Registration Rights

          Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 28,247,923 shares of our common stock and 187,671 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, based on shares of common stock and warrants outstanding as of January 31, 2015, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act will result in these shares becoming freely tradable immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. For a further description of these rights, see the section entitled "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights."

140

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

          The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to your purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and applies if you are a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) that purchases our common stock in this offering. You should consult your own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not:

•

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;



•

a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;



•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or



•

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust's substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

          This discussion is based the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

          We assume in this discussion that you hold shares of our common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to you in light of your individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, brokers or dealers in securities, insurance companies, persons that hold our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, and certain U.S. expatriates.

          If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner or partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

          There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

          Distributions, if any, on our common stock will generally constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and

141

---

Table of Contents

accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated first as reducing your adjusted basis in your shares of common stock, and, to the extent it exceeds such adjusted basis, as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock

          Dividends paid to you will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence.

          Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if you satisfy applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. If you are a corporation, U.S. effectively connected income may also be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence.

          If you claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence, you will generally be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form). You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

          If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

          You will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax (subject to the discussion on the Foreign Accounts Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") below) on any gain realized upon your sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

•

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by you, in which case, you will generally be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons and, if you are a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in "Distributions on Our Common Stock" may also apply;



•

you are an individual that is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case, you will generally be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses realized during the same taxable year, if any; or



•

we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or your holding period, if shorter) a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless (1) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and (2) you hold no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we currently are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future.

142

---

Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts Tax Compliance Act

          Under the provisions of the Code referred to as FATCA, U.S. withholding tax may also apply to certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions," as specially defined under such rules, and certain other non-U.S. entities. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (2) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. In addition, if the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury or, in the case of a foreign financial institution in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement with the United States, complies with the requirements of such agreement. You should consult your tax advisor regarding FATCA.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

          We must report annually to the IRS and to you the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to you and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. You will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person, as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock and certain other types of payments.

          Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of your disposition of our common stock effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless you certify your status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfy certain other requirements, or otherwise establish an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to you where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States will generally be subject to information reporting, unless you certify your status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfy certain other requirements, or otherwise establish an exemption. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to you.

          Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside or are incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to you may be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

143

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

          We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,050,000 shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above. The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase 1,050,000 additional shares.

          We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $2.8 million.

          We have agreed with the underwriters to pay all expenses and application fees (including the legal fees of counsel for the underwriters) incurred and invoiced in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the qualification of the shares under the applicable securities laws of certain states and other jurisdictions in an aggregate amount not to exceed fifty thousand dollars.

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $    per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

144

---

Table of Contents

          We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Available for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "SEDG."

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

145

---

Table of Contents

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Australia

          No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

          Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

          The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;



(b)

to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant portion of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified

146

---

Table of Contents

investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Israel

          This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum (the "Addendum") to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and "qualified individuals", each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum.

Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan,

147

---

Table of Contents

including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Switzerland

          The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

          Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

United Arab Emirates

          This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates ("UAE"), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant

148

---

Table of Contents

licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre ("DIFC"). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

          The shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

          This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

United Kingdom

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and



(b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

149

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York. O'Melveny & Myers LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of SolarEdge Technologies, Inc. and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014, and for each of the three years ended June 30, 2014, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global Limited, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The offices of Kost Forer Gabbay and Kasierer are located at 3 Aminadav St., Tel Aviv, 6706703 Israel.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

          You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, at the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's Public Reference Room and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.solaredge.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

150

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

---

F-1

---

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SolarEdge Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' deficiency and cash flows for each of the three years ended June 30, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years ended June 30, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

F-2

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share data)

---

*

Represents an amount less than $1.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY (Continued)

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share data)

---

*

Represents an amount less than $1.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7

---

Table of Contents

SOLAREDGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

U.S. dollars in thousands

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 1: — GENERAL

a.

SolarEdge Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries design, develop, and sell an intelligent inverter solution that maximizes power generation at the individual photovoltaic ("PV") module level while lowering the cost of energy produced by the solar PV system and providing comprehensive and advanced safety features. The Company's products consist mainly of (i) power optimizers which maximize energy throughput from each and every module through constant tracking of Maximum Power Point individually per module, (ii) inverters which invert direct current (DC) from the PV module to alternating current (AC) and (iii) a related cloud based monitoring platform, that collects and processes information from the power optimizers and inverters of a solar PV system to enable customers and system owners, as applicable, to monitor and manage the solar PV systems. The Company operates its business itself and through its wholly-owned subsidiaries: SolarEdge Technologies Ltd. in Israel; SolarEdge Technologies GmbH in Germany; SolarEdge Technologies (China) Co., Ltd in China; SolarEdge Technologies (Australia) PTY LTD. in Australia, SolarEdge Technologies (Canada) Ltd. in Canada and SolarEdge Technologies (Holland) B.V. in the Netherlands (collectively, the "subsidiaries"). Except for SolarEdge Technologies, Ltd in Israel, which carries out the research and development, management of manufacturing, global sales and support and management activities, the other subsidiaries are engaged solely in selling, marketing and support activities. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in August 2006 and began commercial sale of its products in January 2010.

b.

As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had a major customer that accounted for approximately 19.1% and 32.3% (unaudited) of the Company's consolidated revenues, respectively.

c.

The Company depends on two contract manufacturers and several limited or single source component suppliers. Reliance on these vendors makes the Company vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over component availability, delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs.

Two vendors collectively account for 72%, 59% and 49% (unaudited) of the Company's total trade payables as of June 30, 2013, June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

d.

The Company has a history of net losses and negative cash flow from operating activity. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $9,754, a negative working capital of $3,670 and an accumulated deficit of $141,111. In February 2014, the Company amended its revolving line of credit with a bank lender (the "Bank Lender") to increase the size of the credit line to $15,000 until May 2014 when it was increased to $20,000 triggered by the closing of an investment round of $10,000 (see Note 9). In addition, in September and October 2014, the Company received $25,000 in connection with an equity financing round (see Note 16b). The Company fully settled its liabilities under the revolving line of credit (see Note 9) and the Term Loan (see Note 16e) in October 2014 and January 2015, respectively. In February 2015, the Company amended and restated the agreement with the Bank Lender for a revolving line of credit, which permits aggregate borrowings of up to $40 million (see Note 16g). The Company expects that it will meet the financial covenants relating to the line of credit through June 30, 2015 and also believes that its cash resources are sufficient to meet its operating needs for at least the next 12 months until June 30, 2015.

F-9

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          The consolidated financial statements are prepared according to United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

a.

Use of estimates:

          The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company evaluates on an ongoing basis its assumptions, including those related to warranty obligation, warrants to purchase convertible preferred shares, contingencies, share-based compensation cost, as well as in estimates used in applying the revenue recognition policy. The Company's management believes that the estimates, judgment and assumptions used are reasonable based upon information available at the time they are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

b.

Financial statements in U.S. dollars:

          The functional currency of the Company and its Israeli subsidiary is the U.S. dollar, as the U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company has operated and expects to continue to operate in the foreseeable future. The Company's and its Israeli subsidiary's operations are currently primarily conducted in Israel and a significant portion of its expenses are currently paid in U.S. dollars. Financing activities including loans and cash investments, are mainly made in U.S. dollars.

          Accordingly, monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the U.S dollar are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 830 ("Foreign Currency Matters"). All transaction gains and losses of the re-measurement of monetary balance sheet items are reflected in the statements of operations as financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

          The financial statements of the Company's German, Chinese, Australian, Canadian and Dutch subsidiaries, whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, have been translated into U.S dollars. Assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Statements of operations amounts have been translated using the average exchange rate for the relevant periods. The resulting translation adjustments are reported as a component of stockholders' deficiency in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

          Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to foreign currency translation adjustments, net amounted to $6, $(26), $(61) and $(161) (unaudited) as of June 30, 2012, 2013, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

c.

Principles of consolidation:

          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances including profits from intercompany sales not yet realized outside the Company have been eliminated upon consolidation.

          The Company's fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014 ended on June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Unless otherwise stated, references to particular years and quarters, refer to the Company's fiscal years ended in June and the associated quarters of those fiscal years.

F-10

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

d.

Unaudited interim financial information:

          The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the stockholders' deficiency for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended December 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2015 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

e.

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet (unaudited):

          Immediately upon the closing of an approved initial public offering (defined as the sale of the Company's common stock in a firm-commitment, underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on (i) a US stock market exchange, or (ii) any other stock market exchange which provides sufficient liquidity to the Company's stockholders following registration of the shares held by them, in either case (A) at a public offering price (before payment of any underwriters' discounts and expenses relating to the issuance) of at least (x) $12.06951 per share if the offering occurs prior to December 31, 2015, (y) $14.08107 per share if the offering occurs following December 31, 2015 but prior to December 31, 2016 and (z) $16.09266 per share if the offering occurs following December 31, 2016 (all as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, reclassifications and the like) and (B) which results in aggregate proceeds to the Company (before payment of any underwriters' discounts and expenses relating to the issuance) of not less than $30,000, an "Approved IPO" or "IPO"), all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. In addition, the outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted upon the closing of an IPO into warrants to purchase common stock. The December 31, 2014 pro forma (unaudited) consolidated balance sheet has been prepared assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 28,247,923 shares of common stock.

f.

Pro Forma Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock (unaudited):

          In October 2014, the Company's board of directors authorized the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") for the Company to sell shares of common stock to the public. Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock have been computed in contemplation of the completion of an IPO and give effect to the conversion of all the Company's outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock. All the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock upon the closing of an IPO. Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock upon the closing of an IPO will automatically be converted into warrants to purchase common stock. Therefore, the warrants that were not exercised to date were not included in the number of preferred shares used in computing pro forma basic net earnings (loss) per share.

          The unaudited pro forma basic net earnings per share and diluted net earnings per share for the six month period ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited), assumes the conversion of the

F-11

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the later of the beginning of the period and the issuance date.

g.

Basic and Diluted Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share:

          Basic net earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net earnings (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

          Diluted net earnings (loss) per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common stock, including stock options and convertible preferred stock, to the extent dilutive, all in accordance with FASB ASC No. 260, "Earnings Per Share."

          The total weighted average number of shares related to the outstanding stock options, convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, excluded from the calculation of diluted net earnings (loss) per share due to their anti-dilutive effect was 20,665,647, 22,953,263, 25,234,818, 24,967,957 (unaudited) and 29,015,225 (unaudited) for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

          Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method for participating securities for the periods prior to their conversion. Under this method the earnings per share for each class of shares are calculated assuming 100% of the Company's earnings are distributed as dividends to each class of shares based on their contractual rights. In addition, since all classes other than common shares do not participate in losses, for the six months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited) these shares are not included in the computation of basic earnings per share.

          For the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

          See Note 11 with regard to shareholders' rights of Class A, B, C, D, D-1, D-2, D-3 and E Shares.

h.

Cash and cash equivalents:

          Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash, with original maturities of three months or less at the date acquired.

i.

Restricted cash:

          Restricted cash is primarily invested in short-term bank deposits, which are primarily used to guarantee a letter of credit which has been issued to one of the Company's major vendors and to the Company's landlords for its office leases.

j.

Inventories:

          Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory reserves are provided to cover risks arising from slow-moving items or technological obsolescence.

          The Company periodically evaluates the quantities on hand relative to historical, current and projected sales volume. Based on this evaluation, an impairment charge is recorded when required to write-down inventory to its market value.

          Cost of finished goods and raw materials is determined using the moving average cost method.

F-12

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

k.

Property and equipment:

          Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, at the following rates:

l.

Impairment of long-lived assets:

          The Company's long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360 ("Property, Plants and Equipment"), whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset (or asset group) to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets (or asset group). If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value. For the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), no impairment losses have been identified.

          Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

m.

Severance pay:

          Pursuant to Israel's Severance Pay Law, Israeli employees are entitled to severance pay equal to one month's salary for each year of employment, or a portion thereof. The employees of the Company's Israeli subsidiary have elected to be included under section 14 of the Severance Pay Law, 1963, under which these employees are entitled only to monthly deposits made in their name with insurance companies, at a rate of 8.33% of their monthly salary. These payments cause the Company to be released from any future obligation under the Israeli Severance Pay Law to make severance payments in respect of those employees; therefore, related assets and liabilities are not presented in the balance sheet.

          For the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months period ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), the Company recorded $821, $974, $1,109, $531 (unaudited) and $600 (unaudited), severance expenses, respectively.

n.

Revenue recognition:

          The Company and its subsidiaries generate their revenues mainly from the sale of power optimizers, inverters and cloud-based monitoring services, to distributors, installers and PV module manufacturers.

          Revenues from product sales and related services are recognized in accordance with ASC 605 ("Revenue Recognition"), when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has

F-13

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

occurred, the selling price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and no significant obligations remain.

          Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.    The Company's customers mainly consist of distributors and installers (the "Customers"). The Company's sales arrangements with Customers are pursuant to written documentation, either a written contract or purchase order. The actual documentation used is dependent on the business practice with each Customer. Therefore, the Company determines that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists with respect to a Customer when it has a written contract, or a binding purchase order from the Customer.

          Delivery has occurred.    Each item of written documentation relating to a sale arrangement that is agreed upon with the Customer specifically sets forth when risk of loss and title are being transferred (based on the agreed International Commercial terms, or "INCOTERMS"). Unless a different written arrangement with the Customer exists, the Company determines that risk of loss and title are transferred to the Customer when the applicable INCOTERMS are satisfied and thus delivery of its products has occurred.

          The fee is fixed or determinable.    The Company does not provide any price protection, stock rotation, right of return and/or other discount programs and thus the Company considers all the Customers as end-users and the fee is considered fixed and determinable upon execution of the written documentation with the Customers. Additionally, payments that are due within the normal course of the Company's credit terms, which are currently no more than three months from the delivery date, are deemed to be fixed and determinable. Fees and arrangements with payment terms extending beyond customary payment terms are considered not to be fixed or determinable, in which case revenues are deferred and recognized when payments become due, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

          Collectability is reasonably assured.    The Company determines whether collectability is reasonably assured on a Customer-by-Customer basis pursuant to its credit review policy. The Company typically sells to Customers with whom it has a long-term business relationship and a history of successful collection. For a new Customer, or when an existing Customer substantially expands its commitments, the Company evaluates the Customer's financial position, the number of years the Customer has been in business, the history of collection with the Customer and the Customer's ability to pay and typically assigns a credit limit based on that review.

          Provisions for rebates, sales incentives, and discounts to customers are accounted for as reductions in revenue in the same period the related sales are recorded.

          The Company increases a credit limit only after it has established a successful collection history with the Customer. If the Company determines at any time that collectability is not reasonably assured under a particular arrangement based upon its credit review process, the Customer's payment history or information that comes to light about a Customer's financial position, it recognizes revenue under that arrangement as Customer payments are actually received.

          Revenues related to cloud-based monitoring services are recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the estimated service period of 25 years.

          For multiple-element arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE"), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and (iii) best

F-14

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

estimate of the selling price ("ESP"). VSOE generally exists only when the Company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the Company for that deliverable. ESPs reflect the Company's best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. The Company has allocated revenue between its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. Because the Company has neither VSOE nor TPE for its deliverables, the allocation of revenue has been based on the Company's ESPs. Amounts allocated to the delivered elements are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.

          The Company's process for determining its ESP considers multiple factors that may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable. Key factors considered by the Company in developing the ESPs for its products include prices charged by the Company for similar offerings, the Company's historical pricing practices and product-specific business objectives.

          Deferred revenues consist of deferred web-based monitoring services, advance payments received from Customers for the Company's products and warranty extensions, and are classified as short-term and long-term deferred revenues based on the period in which revenues are expected to be recognized.

o.

Cost of revenues:

          Cost of revenues sold includes the following: product costs consisting of purchases from contract manufacturers and other suppliers, indirect manufacturing, support, warranty, provision for loss related to slow moving and dead inventory, personnel and logistics costs.

p.

Shipping and handling costs:

          Shipping and handling costs, which amounted to $5,893, $5,140, $14,066, $5,560 (unaudited) and $14,222 (unaudited) for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), respectively, are included in cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs include all costs associated with the distribution of finished products from the Company's point of selling directly to its Customers.

q.

Warranty obligations:

          The Company's products include a minimum 12-year limited warranty for inverters and a 25-year limited warranty for power optimizers. In certain cases, the Company provides extended warranties for inverters that bring the warranty period up to 25 years. The Company maintains reserves to cover the expected costs that could result from these warranties. The potential liability is generally in the form of product replacement. Warranty reserves are based on the Company's best estimate of such costs and are included in cost of revenues. The reserve for the related warranty expenses is based on various factors including assumptions about the frequency of warranty claims on product failures, derived from results of accelerated lab testing, field monitoring, analysis of the history of product failures and the Company's reliability estimates.

          The Company has established a reliability measurement system based on the units' estimated mean time between failure, or MTBF, a metric that equates to a steady-state failure rate per year for current generation products. The MTBF represents the predicted mean elapsed time to each product unit failure during system operation. The Company performs accelerated life cycle testing,

F-15

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

which simulates the service life of the product in a short period of time. The accelerated life cycle tests incorporate test methodologies derived from standard tests used by solar module vendors to evaluate the period over which solar modules wear out. Corresponding replacement costs are updated periodically to reflect changes in the Company's actual and estimated production costs for its products.

          In addition, through the collection of actual failure statistics, the Company has identified several additional failure causes that are not included in the MTBF calculations. Such causes, which mostly consist of workmanship errors caused during the manufacturing process and replacement of non-faulty units by installers, are in addition to the replacement costs projected under the MTBF model. The Company identified each of those causes, its failure pattern and the relative ratio compared to the pattern of malfunctions identified under the MTBF and accrued additional provisions for the occurrence of such malfunctioning. The Company evaluates the continuation of these occurrences and the appearance of potential additional malfunctioning cases beyond the MTBF pattern and accrues additional expenses accordingly.

          Warranty obligations are classified as short-term and long-term warranty obligations based on the period in which the warranty is expected to be claimed.

r.

Royalty-bearing grants from the Binational Industrial Research and Development Foundation:

          Royalty-bearing grants from the Binational Industrial Research and Development Foundation ("BIRD-F") for funding of approved research and development projects are recognized, as a deduction from research and development expenses, at the time the Company is entitled to such grants (see Note 10c).

          The Company recorded grants from BIRD-F in the amount of $248 for the year ended June 30, 2013, which was deducted from research and development expenses. No grants were recorded in the years ended June 30, 2012 and 2014 and in the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited).

s.

Government grants:

          Government grants received by the Company's Israeli subsidiary relating to categories of operating expenditures are credited to the consolidated statements of operations during the period in which the expenditure to which they relate is charged. Royalty bearing grants from the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist ("OCS") for funding certain approved research and development projects are recognized at the time when the Company's Israeli subsidiary is entitled to such grants, on the basis of the related costs incurred, and are included as a deduction from research and development expenses.

          The Company recorded grants in the amount of $275 and $644 (unaudited) for the year ended June 30, 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited), respectively, which was deducted from research and development expenses. No grants were recorded in the years ended June 30, 2012 and 2013.

t.

Research and development costs:

          Research and development costs, net of grants received, are charged to the consolidated statement of operations as incurred.

F-16

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

u.

Concentrations of credit risks:

          Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables and other accounts receivable.

          Cash and cash equivalents are mainly invested in major banks in the U.S., Germany and in Israel. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company's investments are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these investments.

          The trade receivables of the Company are derived from sales to Customers located primarily in North America and Europe. The Company generally does not require collateral, except for a partial advance payment; however, in certain circumstances, the Company may require letters of credit, other collateral or additional guarantees. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined with respect to specific debts that are doubtful of collection. As of June 30, 2013 and 2014 the Company did not accrue any allowance for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2014 (unaudited) the Company accrued $28 (unaudited) as allowance for doubtful accounts.

          As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had a major Customer which accounted for approximately 31% and 40% (unaudited), respectively, of the Company's consolidated trade receivables.

          The Company and its subsidiaries have no off-balance sheet concentration of credit risk except for certain derivative instruments as mentioned below.

v.

Fair value of financial instruments:

          The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

          The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, prepaid expenses and other accounts receivable, short term bank loan, trade payables, employees and payroll accruals and accrued expenses and other accounts payable approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of such instruments.

          Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited) are comprised of foreign currency forward contracts and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock liability related to term loan (see Note 8).

          The Company applies ASC 820 ("Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures"), with respect to fair value measurements of all financial assets and liabilities.

          Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. A three-tier fair value hierarchy is established

F-17

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

as a basis for considering such assumptions and for inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

          The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

          In accordance with ASC 820, the Company measures its foreign currency derivative contracts, at fair value using the market approach valuation technique. Foreign currency derivative contracts as detailed in Note 2z are classified within the Level 2 value hierarchy, as the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices and market observable data of similar instruments. Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock as detailed in Note 8 are classified within the Level 3 value hierarchy.

w.

Warrants to Purchase Convertible Preferred Stock:

          The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock as a liability on the balance sheets at fair value. The warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock are recorded as a liability because of a provision calling for minimum proceeds upon or after an "Exit Event", as defined in the agreement.

          The fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock on the issuance date and on subsequent reporting dates was determined using a hybrid method utilizing the assumptions noted below. The fair value of the underlying preferred stock price was determined by the board of directors considering, among others, third party valuations. The valuation of the Company was performed using the hybrid method, a hybrid between the probability-weighted estimated return method ("PWERM") and Option Pricing Method ("OPM") estimating the probability-weighted value across multiple scenarios but using the OPM to estimate the allocation of value within one or more of those scenarios. The OPM was used to allocate the Company's equity value between the preferred stock, common stock and warrants in a scenario of other liquidation events.

          The expected terms of the warrants were based on the remaining contractual expiration period. The expected share price volatility for the shares was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of the Company's industry peers as there is no trading history of the Company's shares. The risk-free interest rate was calculated using the average of the published interest rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities that approximate the expected term. The dividend yield assumption was zero as there is no history of dividend payments.

F-18

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          The following assumptions were used to estimate the value of the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock:

          The change in the fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock is summarized below:

          The warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of financial expenses, net, on the statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the exercise or expiration of the warrants (see Note 8).

x.

Accounting for stock-based compensation:

          The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 ("Compensation-Stock Compensation"). ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of equity-based payment awards on the date of grant using an Option-Pricing Model ("OPM"). The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

          The Company recognizes compensation expenses for the value of its awards granted based on the straight-line method over the requisite service period of each of the awards, net of estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual historical pre-vesting forfeitures.

          The Company selected the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model as the most appropriate fair value method for its stock-option awards. The option-pricing model requires a number of assumptions, of which the most significant are the fair market value of the underlying common stock, expected stock price volatility and the expected option term. Expected volatility was calculated based upon certain peer companies that the Company considered to be comparable. The expected option term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected option term is determined based on the simplified method in accordance with SAB No. 110, as adequate historical experience is not available to provide a reasonable estimate.

F-19

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          The simplified method will continue to apply until enough historical experience is available to provide a reasonable estimate of the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. treasury bonds with an equivalent term. The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its common stock and does not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

          The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Company's management and approved by the board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the Company's management has determined fair value of the common stock by using, among other factors, third party valuations at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including data from other comparable companies, issuance of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the management until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

          Since the distributions and participation rights to security holders are different in a sale/liquidation scenario versus an IPO, the valuation of the Company's equity was performed using a discounted cash flow (DCF) model or a new investment round by external investors. The allocation of the Company's equity value between the convertible preferred stock, common stock and warrants was performed using a hybrid method between the PWERM and OPM estimating the probability-weighted value across multiple scenarios for liquidation events other than an IPO. Before the per share value was determined, a discount for lack of marketability and a voting right differential was applied, as applicable, to the common stock.

          The fair value for options granted to employees and executive directors in the year ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited) is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with the following assumptions:

          The following table set forth the parameters used in computation of the options compensation to non-employee consultants in the year ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model with the following assumptions:

F-20

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

y.

Income taxes:

          The Company and its subsidiaries account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, "Income Taxes." ASC 740 prescribes the use of the liability method, whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

          The Company and its subsidiaries provide a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.

          The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% (cumulative probability) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits under taxes on income.

z.

Derivative financial instruments:

          The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging based on ASC 815 ("Derivatives and Hedging"). ASC 815 requires the Company to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship and further, on the type of hedging relationship.

          The Company entered into derivative instrument arrangements to hedge the Company's exposure to currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These derivative instruments are not designated as cash flows hedges, as defined by ASC 815, and therefore all gains and losses were recorded immediately in the statement of operations, as financial expenses, net.

          As of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Company recorded the fair value of derivative instruments in the amount of $258, $213 and $122 (unaudited), respectively in prepaid expenses and other accounts receivable.

aa.

Comprehensive income (loss):

          The Company reports comprehensive loss in accordance with ASC 220 ("Comprehensive Income"). ASC 220 establishes standards for the reporting and presentation of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose financial statements.

          Total comprehensive loss and the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are presented in the consolidated statements of stockholders' deficiency. Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation effects.

F-21

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 2: — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

ab.

The impact of recently issued accounting standards still not effective for the Company as of June 30, 2014 is as follows:

          In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update on revenue from contracts with customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The new guidance will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new standard will be effective for the Company on July 1, 2017. Early application is not permitted. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

NOTE 3: — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

NOTE 4: — INVENTORIES

          The Company recorded inventory write-downs of $326, $428, $1,131, $475 (unaudited), and $510 (unaudited) for the years ended on June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

F-22

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 5: — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

          Depreciation expenses for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited) were $1,283, $1,842, $1,978, $955 (unaudited), and $1,103 (unaudited) respectively.

NOTE 6: — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

NOTE 7: — WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS

          Changes in the Company's product warranty liability for the years ended on June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited) were as follows:

F-23

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 8: — TERM LOAN AND WARRANTS TO PURCHASE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

          On December 28, 2012 (the "Agreement Date"), the Company entered into a loan facility agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with a lender (the "Lender"), pursuant to which the Lender agreed to loan the Company up to $10,000. On the Agreement Date, the Company received a total of $10,000, less a $100 loan transaction fee paid to the Lender (the "Loan"). The Loan is for a period of 42 months and bears annual interest of 11.90%, which is to be paid monthly. The principal of the loan is to be paid in 33 monthly payments, beginning in September 2013, except for the last loan payment which was paid in advance on the Agreement Date. Repayment of the Loan and payment of all other amounts owed to the Lender is paid in Euro.

          Borrowings pursuant to the Loan Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all existing and future assets of the Company, ranking junior to the Bank Lender's security interest as to the Company's trade receivables, inventory and cash and ranking pari passu with the Bank Lender's security interest as to all other collateral, including all equipment, intellectual property and all outstanding share capital of SolarEdge Technologies GMBH, Inc. and SolarEdge Technologies (China) Co., Ltd. (see Note 9).

          In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company granted the Lender 563,014 warrants to purchase Series D-1 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.309 (the "Warrants"). The Warrants are exercisable in whole or in part prior to earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Loan or (ii) 12 months after a qualified initial public offering or (iii) immediately prior to the consumption of a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets ("M&A Transaction", and together with a qualified initial public offering, an "Exit Event").

          If (i) the Lender exercises all Warrants in full upon or after an Exit Event, and (ii) the intrinsic value of the Warrants upon such exercise is lower than $750, the Company shall pay to the Lender, in addition to any other amounts due to the Lender under the Loan Agreement, an amount equal to the difference between $750 and the Warrants' intrinsic value.

          On the Agreement Date, the Company recorded its freestanding Warrants to purchase its convertible preferred stock in the amount of $778 as a liability at their fair value upon issuance, by utilizing an option pricing method. The fair value of the Warrants is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date with any change in value being reflected as financial expenses, net. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Warrants liability has been measured at fair value in the amount of $765 and $1,030 (unaudited), respectively.

          Upon exercise or expiration, the Warrants will be reclassified to stockholders' equity (deficiency), at which time the Warrant liability will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

          The fair value of the Warrants liability on the Agreement Date in the amount of $778 represents a loan discount which will be amortized to financial expenses over the period of the Loan by using the effective interest method. The residual amount of $9,122 (net of the $100 loan transaction fee) was allocated to the Loan.

          Issuance expenses in the amount of $75 were allocated to the warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock liability and to the Loan, according to the above recorded values ratio. Issuance expenses in the amount of $6 related to the Warrants liability were immediately expensed and recorded as financial expenses, net. Issuance expenses in the amount of $69 related to the Loan were recorded as deferred charge assets (classified to short-term and long-term assets). The deferred charge assets are amortized over the period of the Loan by using the effective interest method.

F-24

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 8: — TERM LOAN AND WARRANTS TO PURCHASE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

          In January 2015, the Company fully settled the amount borrowed from Kreos under the Term Loan (see Note 16e).

NOTE 9: — REVOLVING CREDIT LINE

          In June 2011, the Company entered into an agreement for a revolving line of credit from a Bank Lender (the "Bank Lender"), which, as amended to date, permits aggregate borrowings of up to $20 million in an amount not to exceed 80% of the eligible trade receivables plus 65% of inventories in transit to customers and bears interest, payable monthly, at the Bank Lender's prime rate plus a margin of 0.75% to 2.75%. The average interest rate on the Company's outstanding borrowings as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited) was 5.25%, 4.9% and 4.75% (unaudited), respectively. The revolving line of credit will terminate on July 4, 2015.

          As of June 30, 2013 and 2014, the credit line had an outstanding principal balance of $3,899 and $13,265, respectively, and accrued interest balance of $17 and $61, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 the Company settled the entire credit line balance. As of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had remaining available credit line, which was not utilized, in the amount of $16,101, $6,735 and $20,000 (unaudited), respectively.

          As of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Company met all its Bank Lender covenants.

          In February 2015, the Company amended and restated the agreement with the Bank Lender for a revolving line of credit, which permits aggregate borrowings of up to $40 million in an amount not to exceed 80% of the eligible accounts receivable and bears interest, payable monthly, at the Bank Lender's prime rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 2.0%. The amended and restated revolving line of credit will terminate, and outstanding borrowings will be payable, on December 31, 2016 (see Note 16g).

          In connection with the amended and restated revolving line of credit, the Company granted the Bank Lender security interests in substantially all of the Company's assets, including a first-priority security interest in the Company's trade receivables, cash and cash equivalents. Financial covenants contained in the agreement require the Company to maintain EBITDA and liquidity at specified levels.

          Specifically, the Company is required to maintain negative Adjusted EBITDA (defined in accordance with US GAAP as (a) net income, plus (b) the extent deducted in the calculation of net income, interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of net income, non-cash stock-based compensation) of no greater than ($1,500) as of March 31, 2015, and positive Adjusted EBITDA of at least (i) $1,500 as of June 30, 2015, (ii) $3,500 as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015, (iii) $1,500 as of March 31, 2016 and (iv) $3,500 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 and for each calendar quarter therafter.

          The Company is required to maintain liquidity (defined as unrestricted and unencumbered cash, plus availability under the amended and restated revolving line of credit) of $6,750.

          The amended and restated revolving line of credit also contains covenants that restrict the Company's ability to dispose of assets, engage in business combinations (or permit a subsidiary to engage in business combinations), grant liens, borrow money, or pay dividends.

F-25

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 10: — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

a.

Lease commitments:

          The Company and its subsidiaries lease their operating facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, which expire over the next ten years, with the last ending in December 2024.

          The future minimum lease commitments of the Company and its subsidiaries under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements in respect of premises, that are in effect as of December 31, 2014, are as follows:

          Rent expenses for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited) were approximately $670, $1,212, $1,200, $574 (unaudited) and $596 (unaudited), respectively.

b.

Guarantees:

          As of December 31, 2014 (unaudited), contingent liabilities exist regarding guarantees in the amount of $652, $51 and $31 in respect of office rent lease agreements, customs transactions and credit card limits, respectively.

c.

Royalty commitments:

          On April 12, 2009, the Company received approval for a grant in a total amount of $703, from the BIRD-F in conjunction with a mutual development project with an American corporation.

          Under the Company's research and development agreements with the BIRD-F, and pursuant to applicable law, the Company is required to pay royalties at the rate of 5% of gross sales of products developed with funds provided by the BIRD-F, up to an amount equal to 150% of the research and development grants (dollar-linked) received from the BIRD-F. The obligation to pay these royalties is contingent on actual sales of the products and, in the absence of such sales, no payment is required. Royalties payable with respect to grants received from the BIRD-F are linked to the Consumer Price Index in the U.S.

          At the end of 2011, the American corporation that had partnered with the Company announced the discontinuation of its solar business, resulting in the termination of the mutual development. As a result the development has not materialized into a commercial product. The Company does not expect any revenues from such project or the utilization of the technology mutually developed.

          As of December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the aggregate contingent liability to the BIRD-F amounted to approximately $1,116 (unaudited) which would be payable by the Company if it ever did generate revenues from such project.

F-26

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 10: — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

d.

Governmental commitments:

          The Company has received royalty-bearing grants sponsored by the Israeli government for the support of research and development activities. Through June 30, 2014, the Company had obtained grants from the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist (the "OCS") for certain of the Company's research and development projects. The Company is obligated to pay royalties to the OCS, amounting to 4% in the first three years, and 4.5% thereafter, of the sales of the products and other related revenues (based on the dollar equivalent amount of the grant) generated from such projects, up to 100% of the grants received. The royalty payment obligations also bear interest at the LIBOR rate. The obligation to pay these royalties is contingent on actual sales of the applicable products and in the absence of such sales, no payment is required.

          As of December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the aggregate contingent liability to the OCS amounted to $563 (unaudited).

          The Israeli Research and Development Law provides that know-how developed under an approved research and development program may not be transferred to third parties without the approval of the OCS. Such approval is not required for the sale or export of any products resulting from such research or development. The OCS, under special circumstances, may approve the transfer of OCS-funded know-how outside Israel, in the following cases: (a) the grant recipient pays to the OCS a portion of the sale price paid in consideration for such OCS-funded know-how or in consideration for the sale of the grant recipient itself, as the case may be, which portion will not exceed six times the amount of the grants received plus interest (or three times the amount of the grant received plus interest, in the event that the recipient of the know-how has committed to retain the R&D activities of the grant recipient in Israel after the transfer); (b) the grant recipient receives know-how from a third party in exchange for its OCS-funded know-how; (c) such transfer of OCS-funded know-how arises in connection with certain types of cooperation in research and development activities; or (d) if such transfer of know-how arises in connection with a liquidation by reason of insolvency or receivership of the grant recipient.

e.

Contractual purchase obligations:

          The Company has contractual obligations to purchase goods and raw materials. These contractual purchase obligations relate to inventories held by contract manufacturers and purchase orders initiated by the contract manufacturers, which cannot be canceled without penalty. The Company utilizes third parties to manufacture its products. In addition, it acquires raw materials or other goods and services, including product components, by issuing to suppliers authorizations to purchase based on its projected demand and manufacturing needs. As of December 31, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had non-cancelable purchase obligations totaling approximately $51,188 (unaudited) out of which the Company already recorded a provision for loss in the amount of $1,203 (unaudited) (see also Note 6).

f.

Legal claims:

1.

From time to time, the Company may be involved in various claims and legal proceedings. The Company reviews the status of each matter and assesses its potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, the Company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. These accruals are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter.

F-27

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 10: — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

2.

On February 6, 2012, SolarEdge Technologies Ltd. ("SolarEdge") was served with a lawsuit filed by Appletech Ltd. ("Appletech") in the Tel Aviv-Jaffa Court in an amount of NIS 2,208,000 ($642 as of June 30, 2014) alleging that SolarEdge owes payment under a manufacturing agreement and purchase orders. SolarEdge maintained that if any amounts should be deemed due, they would need to be offset with damages caused by Appletech and incurred by SolarEdge. SolarEdge filed a countersuit. The parties agreed to a summary judgment proceeding which was held in July 2014. On July 24, 2014, the judge ruled that SolarEdge is to pay NIS 1,725,000 ($502 as of June 30, 2014) to Appletech within 45 days of the judgment (see also Note 16a).

An adequate liability was recorded in the financial statements as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the amount of the judgment was paid in September 2014.

NOTE 11: — CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

a.

Composition of Convertible Preferred Stock:

F-28

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 11: — CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

          The Company issued Series A through E Preferred stock between the years 2006 and 2015. The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' deficiency as required by ASC 480-10-S99-3A and ASR 268, since the shares possess deemed liquidation features that may trigger a distribution of cash or assets that is not solely within the Company's control. Pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), unless otherwise agreed in writing by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, a "Deemed Liquidation Event" shall include (i) any acquisition of the Company by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities issued or other consideration paid, or caused to be issued or paid, as applicable, by the acquiring corporation or its subsidiary and in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the transaction hold less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following the transaction (other than a mere reincorporation transaction), (ii) a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the exclusive license of substantially all of the intellectual property of the Company, (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company's securities), of the Company's then outstanding securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

          For the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 30, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), the Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed liquidation values of such shares since a deemed liquidation event was not probable at each balance sheet date. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate liquidation values will be made only when it becomes probable that such a deemed liquidation event will occur.

F-29

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 11: — CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

b.

Preferred Stock Rights:

          Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3 and Series E Preferred stock confer upon their holders all the rights conferred by common stock, in addition to certain rights mentioned in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, including among others the following:

i.

Right to receive dividends — No payment of any dividends shall be declared or paid on any class of stock of the Company unless an equal and ratable dividend is first declared and paid to Series E, Series D-3, Series D-2, Series D-1, Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A stockholders, in their respective order.



ii.

Right to receive dividends — No payment of any dividends shall be declared or paid on any class of stock of the Company unless an equal and ratable dividend is first declared and paid to Series E, Series D-3, Series D-2, Series D-1, Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A stockholders, in their respective order.



iii.

Liquidation rights — In the event of any liquidation event, the Company shall distribute to the holders of preferred stock, prior to and in preference to any payments to any of the holders of any other classes of stock, a per share amount equal to the original issuance price for each of their shares plus interest accruing annually on a compounded basis at the rate of 5% on the original issue price per annum from the date of issuance (except for Series A), plus all declared but unpaid dividends on each such share of Convertible Preferred stock then held by the holder less any dividends actually paid on such share of convertible preferred stock.

The liquidation order is such that Series E, Series D-3, Series D-2, Series D-1, Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A preferred stockholders shall be entitled, in their respective order, to receive, prior and in preference to the above order any distribution of any asset, capital, earnings or surplus funds of the Company. All remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock based on the number of shares of common stock then held by each holder.

iv.

Voting rights — Each holder of shares of convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of convertible Preferred stock could be converted and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock and entitled to notice of any stockholders meeting. Each holder of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held.



v.

Automatic and optional conversion:

          Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price by the applicable conversion price. The original issue price per share (as adjusted following the 1-for-3 reverse split), see also Note 16(i) is $2.22 for Series A, $3.68 for Series B, $4.69 for Series C, $6.93 for Series D, D-1, D-2 and D-3 and $8.05 for Series E. At the current conversion prices, each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3 and Series E will convert into common stock on a 1-for-3 basis. The conversion price per share for convertible preferred stock shall be adjusted for certain recapitalizations, splits, combinations, common stock dividends or similar events.

F-30

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 11: — CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

          Each and all shares of convertible preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price applicable to such share upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by the written consent or agreement of holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred stock then outstanding if (and only if) such conversion is (A) a contractually required condition precedent to the closing of a Qualified Financing Event (as defined in the Company's certificate of incorporation), or (B) necessary for the implementation of a Carve-Out Plan (as such term is defined in the Company's certificate of incorporation), (ii) the date specified by the written consent or agreement of holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred stock then outstanding, provided that the written consent of 66% of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding, 70% of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding, 66% of the shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding and the majority, of the shares of Series D, Series D-1, Series D-2, Series D-3 and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding is required, together with other requirements specified in the certificate of incorporation or (iii) immediately upon the closing of an Approved IPO.

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL

          

a.

All common stock, options, exercise prices, per share data and earnings (loss) per share amounts have been adjusted retroactively for all periods presented in these financials statements, to reflect the 1-for-3 reverse stock split approved by the Company's board of directors and the requisite holders of the Company's capital stock, which occurred on March 23, 2015.

b.

Composition of common stock capital of the Company:

 

c.

Common stock rights:

          Common stock confers upon its holders the right to receive notice of, and to participate in, all general meetings of the Company, where each share of common stock shall have one vote for all purposes; to share equally, on a per share basis, in bonuses, profits or distributions out of fund

F-31

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL (Continued)

legally available therefor; and to participate in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company in the event of liquidation of the Company, subject to the preferences of the convertible preferred stock described above in Note 11b.

d.

Stock option plans:

          The Company's 2007 Global Incentive Plan (the "Plan") was adopted by the board of directors on August 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), a total of 5,234,212 and 47,253,251 (unaudited) options are reserved for issuance under the plan, respectively.

          As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), an aggregate of 69,483 and 106,016 (unaudited) options are still available for future grant under the Plan, respectively.

          A summary of the activity in the share options granted to employees and members of the board of directors for the year ended June 30, 2014 and related information follows:

          A summary of the activity in the share options granted to employees and members of the board of directors for the year ended June 30, 2013 and related information follows:

F-32

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL (Continued)

          A summary of the activity in the share options granted to employees and members of the board of directors for the year ended June 30, 2012 and related information follows:

          A summary of the activity in the share options granted to employees and members of the board of directors for the six months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited) and related information follows:

F-33

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL (Continued)

          A summary of the activity in the share options granted to employees and members of the board of directors for the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and related information follows:

          The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the fair value of the Company's common stock as of the last day of each period and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on the last day of each periods. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended June 30, 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited) was $58 and $51 (unaudited), respectively.

          The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted to employees and executive directors during the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited) were $0.57, $0.52, $0.66, $0.68 (unaudited) and $1.41 (unaudited), respectively.

          The options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, have been separated into exercise price ranges as follows:

F-34

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL (Continued)

          The options outstanding as of June 30, 2013, have been separated into exercise price ranges as follows:

          The options outstanding as of June 30, 2012, have been separated into ranges of exercise price ranges as follows:

          The options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 (unaudited), have been separated into exercise price ranges as follows:

F-35

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL (Continued)

          Options issued to non-employee consultants:

a.

The Company has granted options to purchase common shares to non-employee consultants as of June 30, 2014 as follows:

b.

The Company has granted options to purchase common shares to non-employee consultants as of December 31, 2014 (unaudited) as follows:

          The Company had accounted for its options granted to non-employee consultants under the fair value method of ASC 505-50.

          In connection with the grant of stock options to non-employee consultants, the Company recorded stock compensation expenses in the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited) in the amounts of $70, $45, $55, $27 (unaudited) and $102 (unaudited), respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense for employees and consultants:

          The Company recognized stock-based compensation expenses related to stock options granted to employees and non-employees in the consolidated statement of operations for the years

F-36

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 12: — STOCK CAPITAL (Continued)

ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2013 (unaudited) and 2014 (unaudited), as follows:

          As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014 (unaudited), there was a total unrecognized compensation expense of $2,277 and $10,047 (unaudited) related to non-vested equity-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company's Plan, respectively. These expenses are expected to be recognized during the period from July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2019 and October 1, 2014 through October 30, 2019 (unaudited).

NOTE 13: — INCOME TAXES

a.

Tax rates in U.S. and Germany:

          The Company is subject to U.S. federal tax at the rate of 35% and the Company's German subsidiary is subject to German tax at the rate of 33%.

b.

Corporate tax in Israel:

          Taxable income of Israeli companies is subject to corporate tax at the rate of 25% in the years ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, and 26.5% in the year ended June 30, 2014 and onwards.

c.

Carryforward tax losses:

          As of June 30, 2014, the Israeli subsidiary has approximately $121,000 of Israeli net carryforward tax losses, which has no expiration date.

          As of June 30, 2014, the Company has a net carryforward tax losses in the amount of approximately $141 which can be carried forward and offset against taxable income for 20 years.

d.

Deferred income taxes:

          Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income

F-37

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 13: — INCOME TAXES (Continued)

tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

e.

Loss (income) before taxes is comprised as follows:

f.

Taxes on loss are comprised as follows:

F-38

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 13: — INCOME TAXES (Continued)

g.

Reconciliation of theoretical tax expense to actual tax expense:

          The differences between the statutory tax rate of the Company and the effective tax rate are primarily accounted for by the non-recognition of tax benefits from accumulated net carryforward tax losses among the Company and various subsidiaries due to uncertainty of the realization of such tax benefits.

          A reconciliation between the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory tax rate applicable to income of the Company, and the actual tax expense (benefit) as reported in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

h.

Tax assessments:

          As of June 30, 2014, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries filed for U.S. federal and various state and foreign income tax returns. The statute of limitations relating to the consolidated U.S. federal income tax return is closed for all tax years up to and including 2010.

          The statute of limitations related to tax returns of the Company's Israeli subsidiary is closed for all tax years up to and including 2009.

          With respect to the Company's German, Chinese, Australian, Canadian and Dutch subsidiaries, the statute of limitations related to its tax returns is open for all tax years since incorporation.

          The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to tax audits and settlements. The final tax outcome of any Company tax audits could be different from that which is reflected in the Company's income tax provisions and accruals. Such differences could have a material effect on the Company's income tax provision and net loss in the period in which such determination is made.

F-39

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 13: — INCOME TAXES (Continued)

i.

Tax benefits for Israeli companies under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the "Investment Law"):

          The Israeli subsidiary elected tax year 2012 as a "Year of Election" for "Beneficiary Enterprise" status under the Investment Law, which provides certain benefits, including tax exemptions and reduced tax rates. Income not eligible for Beneficiary Enterprise benefits is taxed at a regular corporate tax rate. Upon meeting the requirements under the Investment Law, income derived from Beneficiary Enterprise from productive activity will be exempt from tax for two years from the year in which the Israeli subsidiary first has taxable income, provided that 12 years have not passed from the beginning of the year of election.

          If dividends are distributed out of tax exempt profits, the Israeli subsidiary will then become liable for tax at the rate applicable to its profits from the Beneficiary Enterprise in the year in which the income was earned, as if it had not chosen the alternative track of benefits.

          The dividend recipient is subject to withholding tax at the rate of 15% applicable to dividends from Beneficiary enterprises, if the dividend is distributed during the tax benefits period or within twelve years thereafter. This limitation does not apply to a foreign investors' company. The Israeli subsidiary currently has no plans to distribute dividends and intends to retain future earnings to finance the development of its business.

          Through June 30, 2014, the Israeli subsidiary had not generated income under the provision of the Investment Law.

          In December 2010, the Israeli Parliament passed the Law for Economic Policy for 2011 and 2012 (Amended Legislation), which, among other things, included an amendment to the Investment Law, effective as of January 1, 2011 (the "Amendment"). In accordance with the 2011 Amendment, the benefit tracks under the Investment Law were modified and a uniform tax rate would apply to companies eligible for the "Preferred Enterprise" status (rather than the previous terminology of "Beneficiary Enterprise"). Companies may elect to irrevocably implement the 2011 Amendment (while waiving benefits provided under the Investment Law as then in effect).

          On July 30, 2013, the Israeli Parliament passed a law, which, among other things, was designated to amend the uniform tax rates that were set in the 2011 Amendment, and to increase the tax levy for years 2013 and 2014 (the "New Law"). The New Law increases the Israeli corporate tax rate from 25% to 26.5%, cancels the reduction of corporate tax rate for "Preferred Enterprises," which will be set at 16% for 2014 and thereafter under the New Law and increases the tax rate on dividends from sources under the Israeli Investment Law to 20% commencing on January 1, 2014.

          The Israeli subsidiary currently does not intend to implement the Amendment.

j.

Tax benefits under Israel's Law for Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969:

          The Israeli entity is an "industrial company" under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969, and as such is entitled to certain tax benefits, mainly the amortization of costs relating to know-how and patents, over eight years and accelerated depreciation.

          The following corporate tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:

•

amortization of the cost of purchased a patent, rights to use a patent, and know-how, which are used for the development or advancement of the company, over an eight-year period, commencing on the year in which such rights were first exercised;

F-40

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 13: — INCOME TAXES (Continued)

•

under limited conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with related Israeli Industrial Companies; and



•

expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years.

          Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not contingent upon approval of any governmental authority.

          There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to qualify as an Industrial Company or that the benefits described above will be available in the future.

NOTE 14: — FINANCIAL EXPENSES (INCOME), NET

NOTE 15: — GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION AND MAJOR CUSTOMER AND PRODUCT DATA

          Summary information about geographic areas:

          ASC 280 ("Segment Reporting,") establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable segment, and derives revenues from selling its products (see Note 1 for a brief description of the Company's business).

F-41

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 15: — GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION AND MAJOR CUSTOMER AND PRODUCT DATA (Continued)

          The following is a summary of revenues within geographic areas:

          Major Customers data as a percentage of total revenues:

The following is a summary of revenues by product family:

F-42

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 15: — GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION AND MAJOR CUSTOMER AND PRODUCT DATA (Continued)

          Long-lived assets by geographic region:

NOTE 16: — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          The Company evaluates events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of consolidated financial statements to identify matters that require additional disclosure. For its consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2014 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through November 5, 2014, the date that the consolidated financial statements were issued. For the interim consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 (unaudited) and for the six months then ended (unaudited), the Company evaluated subsequent events through March 24, 2015, the date that the interim consolidated financial statements were issued. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.

a.

Following the lawsuit filed by Appletech Ltd. in the Tel Aviv-Jaffa court, the parties agreed to a summary judgment proceeding which was held in July 2014. On July 24, 2014, the judge ruled that the Company is to pay NIS 1,725,000 to Appletech within 45 days of the judgment (see also Note 10f).

b.

In September 2014, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with new investors, pursuant to which the Company issued 9,321,021 shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred stock for cash consideration of $25,000, which was received by the end of October 2014.

c.

In September 2014, the Company increased the number of shares of Common stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Global Incentive Plan by an aggregate of 2,019,039.

d.

In January 2015, the Company increased the number of shares of Common stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Global Incentive Plan by an aggregate of 388,626.

e.

In January 2015, the Company fully settled the amount borrowed from Kreos under the Term Loan.

f.

On January 9, 2015, a patent infringement lawsuit was filed by Beacon Power, LLC ("Beacon") against the Company and ImagineSolar LLC in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division which alleges infringement by the Company of two U.S. patents. On March 9, 2015, the Company and Beacon entered into a patent purchase

F-43

---

Table of Contents

NOTE 16: — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

agreement under which the Company agreed to purchase, for a total consideration of $800, all rights in the aforementioned patents and Beacon agreed to dismiss all outstanding claims against the Company

g.

In February 2015, the Company amended and restated the agreement with the Bank Lender for a revolving line of credit, which permits aggregate borrowings of up to $40 million in an amount not to exceed 80% of the eligible accounts receivable and bears interest, payable monthly, at the Bank Lender's prime rate plus a margin of 0.5% to 2.0%. The revolving line of credit will terminate, and outstanding borrowings will be payable, on December 31, 2016.

h.

In February 2015, the Company established wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Japan and France, which are all engaged in selling, marketing and support activities.

i.

On March 23, 2015, the Company's board of directors and the requisite holders of the Company's capital stock consented to a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock. As a result of the reverse stock split, (i) every 3 shares of authorized, issued and outstanding common stock was decreased to one share of authorized, issued and outstanding common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock into which each outstanding warrant or option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 1-for-3 basis, (iii) all share prices and exercise prices were proportionately increased. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been adjusted within these consolidated financial statements, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-for-3 reverse stock split.

---

F-44

---

Table of Contents

---

Table of Contents

7,000,000 Shares

SolarEdge Technologies, Inc.

Common Stock

---

---

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities

---

Needham & Company

Canaccord Genuity

Roth Capital Partners

---

          Through and including                           , 2015 (the 25^th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

          The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All expenses will be borne by the registrant. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Select Market listing fee.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), authorizes a corporation's Board of Directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the registrant's certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the by-laws of the registrant provide that:

•

The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant's request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.



•

The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.



•

The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

II-1

---

Table of Contents

•

The registrant is not obligated pursuant to the by-laws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant's Board of Directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.



•

The rights conferred in the by-laws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.



•

The registrant may not retroactively amend the by-law provisions to reduce its indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

          The registrant also maintains directors' and officers' insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

          These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

          The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Since July 1, 2011, we have sold the following of our securities to the following entities and individuals as at the times set forth below. No underwriters were involved in the sales and certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

          In October 2011, the registrant issued and sold 16,024,251 shares of its Series D Preferred Stock to 17 accredited investors for aggregate proceeds of $37,000,000.

          In December 2012, the registrant issued and sold 2,165,441 shares of its Series D-1 Preferred Stock to 17 accredited investors for aggregate proceeds of $5,000,000.

          In December 2012, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 563,014 shares of its Series D-1 Preferred Stock to Kreos in connection with the term loan.

          In July 2013, the registrant issued and sold 2,598,528 shares of its Series D-2 Preferred Stock to 17 accredited investors for aggregate proceeds of $6,000,000.

          In May 2014, the registrant issued and sold 4,330,872 shares of its Series D-3 Preferred Stock to 17 accredited investors for aggregate proceeds of $10,000,000.

          In September-October 2014, the registrant issued and sold 9,321,021 shares of its Series E Preferred Stock to 8 accredited investors for aggregate proceeds of $25,000,000.

          From July 2011 through January 2015, the registrant granted to employees, consultants and executives under the registrant's 2007 Global Incentive Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 4,389,750 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $2.01 to $9.36 per share.

          The issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions not involving a public offering or Rule 701 thereunder.

II-2

---

Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

          See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.



2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, SolarEdge Technologies, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, State of New York on March 24, 2015.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

II-4

---

Table of Contents

---

*    As Attorney-in-Fact

II-5

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Item 16.    Exhibits

II-6

---

Table of Contents

II-7

---

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated November 5, 2014 (except for Note 2g, Note 8, Note 11, Note 12, Note 16b, Note 16c and Note 16i, as to which the date is March 24, 2015) in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and the related Prospectus of SolarEdge Technologies Inc. dated March 24, 2015.

---

QuickLinks

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM